As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 2024
1933 Act File No. 333-272541
1940 Act File No. 811-23881
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-2
☒ REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
☒ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
☐ Post-Effective
Amendment No.
and
☒ REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
☒ Amendment No. 2
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor
New York, NY 10152
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(212) 895-2293
(Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code)
Wendy Ruberti
General Counsel
Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor
New York, NY 10152
(Name and address of agent for service)
Copies of Communications to:
Harry S. Pangas
Philip T. Hinkle
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, NW
Washington, DC
Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
☐ | Check box if the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans. |
☐ | Check box if any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan. |
☐ | Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto. |
☐ | Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act. |
☐ | Check box if this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act. |
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
☐ | when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act. |
If appropriate, check the following box:
☐ | This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement]. |
☐ | This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: |
☐ | This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: |
☐ | This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: |
Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant:
☒ | Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)). |
☐ | Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act). |
☐ | Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act). |
☐ | A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form). |
☐ | Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act). |
☐ | Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). |
☐ | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. |
☒ | New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing). |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. |
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED April 15, 2024
PROSPECTUS
[ ] Shares
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
Common Stock
$[ ] per Share
We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “1940 Act.” Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in equity and mezzanine tranches of collateralized loan obligations, or “CLOs,” which are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of below-investment grade U.S. senior secured loans. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that the Adviser (as defined below) believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including junior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The CLO equity securities in which we primarily seek to invest are typically unrated or rated below investment grade (commonly known as “junk” bonds) and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The CLO equity securities in which we intend to invest in are highly leveraged (with CLO equity typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), which magnifies our risk of loss on such investments. Loan accumulation facilities (or “CLO warehouses”) are short- to medium-term facilities (typically ranging from approximately three to 12 months), often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction. Loan accumulation facilities typically incur leverage between four and six times equity prior to a CLO’s pricing.
We were organized as Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on May 13, 2022. Effective March 13, 2024, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation under the name Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, or the “Adviser,” is our investment adviser and manages our investments subject to the supervision of our board of directors. [Sound Point Administration LLC], or the “Administrator,” serves as our administrator.
We intend to make regular monthly distributions of all or a portion of our investment company taxable income to holders of our common stock. If our distributions exceed our investment company taxable income in a tax year, such excess will represent a return of capital to our stockholders. Additionally, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may at times pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. No assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such distributions in future periods, and our ability to declare and pay distributions will be subject to a number of factors, including our results of operations. See “Distribution Policy.”
This is our initial public offering and our common stock has no history of public trading. We are offering [ ] shares of common stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $[ ] per share of common stock (which was our net asset value, or “NAV,” per share as of [ ]). See “Capitalization — Pro Forma Dilution.”
We intend to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “[SPMC]”. Even if shares of our common stock are listed on an exchange as anticipated, such shares may be thinly traded and you may experience losses if you sell on the secondary market under these conditions. We may borrow funds to make investments. As a result, we would be exposed to the risk of borrowing (also known as leverage) which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Leverage increases the volatility of investments and magnifies the potential for loss on amounts invested thereby increasing the risk associated with investing in our common stock.
i
Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizon and risk tolerance before investing in our common stock. An investment in our common stock is not appropriate for all investors and is not intended to be a complete investment program. Shares of common stock of closed-end management investment companies that are listed on an exchange frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. If our common stock trades at a discount to our NAV, it will likely increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering. In addition, investing in our common stock may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of a substantial loss of investment. Before purchasing any shares of common stock, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in our common stock, which are summarized in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.
This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus and retain it for future reference. We will file annual and semi-annual stockholder reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC.” To obtain this information free of charge or make other inquiries pertaining to us, please call (212) 895-2293. You may also obtain a copy of any information regarding us filed with the SEC from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share | Total(1) | |||||||
Public offering price | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] | ||||
Sales load(2) | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] | ||||
Proceeds to us before expenses(3) | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] |
(1) | [We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of common stock at the public offering price within [ ] days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load and proceeds to us before expenses will be $[ ], $[ ] and $[ ], respectively. See “Underwriting.”] |
(2) | [The Adviser or its affiliates will pay the full amount of the sales load of $[ ] per share of common stock issued in connection with this public offering (excluding shares sold to our board of directors, the Adviser, its affiliates, employees of the Adviser and its affiliates and certain other persons if agreed with the underwriters) which, assuming the issuance of [ ] shares in connection with this offering, may be up to an aggregate amount of $[ ]. Because the sales load is paid solely by the Adviser or its affiliates (and not by us), the sales load is not reflected in the table above and will not reduce the NAV per share of our common stock. See “Underwriting.”] | |
(3) | [The Adviser or its affiliates will pay all of our organizational expenses. The aggregate organizational expenses (excluding the sales load) are estimated to be approximately $[ ].] |
The underwriters expect to deliver our common stock to purchasers on or about [ ].
The date of this prospectus is [ ], 2024.
ii
Table of Contents
Page | ||
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY | 1 | |
SUMMARY OF OFFERING | 11 | |
FEES AND EXPENSES | 14 | |
RISK FACTORS | 17 | |
USE OF PROCEEDS | 50 | |
CAPITALIZATION | 51 | |
BUSINESS | 52 | |
THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR | 56 | |
MANAGEMENT | 64 | |
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE | 71 | |
DISTRIBUTION POLICY | 72 | |
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN | 74 | |
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST | 76 | |
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS | 78 | |
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK | 87 | |
UNDERWRITING | 94 | |
REGULATION AS A CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY | 97 | |
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES | 101 | |
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS | 107 | |
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION | 108 | |
LEGAL MATTERS | 109 | |
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT | 109 | |
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS | 109 | |
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM | 109 | |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | 109 | |
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE | 109 | |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | F-1 | |
APPENDIX A | A-1 | |
SIGNATURES | 110 | |
CALCULATION OF FILING FEE TABLES | Exhibit 107 |
* * * * * *
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since the date of this prospectus. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.
iii
The following summary highlights some of the information contained in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that is important to a decision to invest in our securities. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms:
● | The “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation or, for periods prior to our conversion to a corporation, Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; |
● | “Sound Point Meridian Management” and “Adviser” refer to Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; |
● | “Administrator” refers to [Sound Point Administration LLC, a Delaware limited liability company]; and |
● | “Risk-adjusted returns” refers to the profile of expected asset returns across a range of potential macroeconomic scenarios, and does not imply that a particular strategy or investment should be considered low-risk. |
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus assumes no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments.
Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc.
We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “1940 Act.” We will elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” beginning with our tax year ending [September 30, 2024]. We were formed on May 13, 2022 as Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and effective March 13, 2024, we converted to a Delaware corporation under the name Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc.
Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in third party CLO equity and mezzanine tranches of predominately U.S.-dollar denominated CLOs backed by corporate leveraged loans issued primarily to U.S. obligors. This investment strategy looks to opportunistically shift between the primary and secondary CLO markets, seeking to identify the most compelling relative value. Our focus is on the primary CLO market (i.e., acquiring securities at the inception of a CLO) when the discrepancy between the value of a CLO’s assets and liabilities is believed to present an attractive investment opportunity. We will opportunistically switch to the secondary market (i.e., acquiring existing CLO securities) during times of market volatility or when we identify attractive investment opportunities. The Adviser aims to identify top-tier CLO managers with proven track records of outperformance through increasing the value of the loans held by the CLO, generation of high equity distributions and active portfolio management. Additionally, the strategy is focused on CLOs with attractive structures which include flexibility for the CLO manager, strong cushions on covenants and cashflow ratios, terms that are favorable to the holders of CLO equity securities and reinvestment periods that are consistent with the Adviser’s current market views.
We may also invest in other securities and instruments that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including among other investments, junior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. Loan accumulation facilities are short- to medium-term facilities, often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and typically leveraged four to six times. The amount that we will invest in other securities and instruments will vary from time to time and, as such, may constitute a material part of our portfolio on any given date, based on the Adviser’s assessment of prevailing market conditions. Finally, the Adviser implements an active portfolio management style.
1
The CLO equity securities in which we primarily seek to invest are typically unrated, and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The CLO equity securities in which we intend to invest are highly leveraged (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), which magnifies our risk of loss on such investments. Risks in CLO tranches tend to evolve over time and across the cycle, as a function of the credit risk in the underlying portfolio and the behavior of the manager. Given that the CLO market is generally slow to reprice these changes in risk profiles, the Adviser believes it can mitigate these risks and take advantage of this latency to improve returns. The CLOs in which we intend to invest are typically collateralized by below-investment grade loans (sometimes referred to as leveraged loans). The equity tranche of a CLO represents the most subordinated tranche in a CLO’s capital structure. Such securities are therefore subject to greater risks than securities issued by a CLEO in higher priority tranches, including credit (i.e., default) risk and liquidity risk.
CLO equity is an illiquid investment. For the most part, CLO equity trades “by appointment” and trading prices are heavily negotiated. Projected cashflows to CLO equity involve a number of assumptions about the future, including interest rates, reinvestment spreads on loans bought in the future, loan prepayment rates, and other factors that may be difficult to predict. As such, CLO equity is considered a “speculative” investment by rating agencies and there is generally no standard methodology or observable market that allows a buyer or seller to easily price a CLO equity position at the time of trade.
We may also engage in “Derivative Transactions,” as described below, from time to time. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so to hedge against interest rate, credit and/or other risks, or for other investment or risk management purposes. We may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and over-the-counter, or “OTC,” options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors, or collars, and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, we refer to these financial management techniques as “Derivative Transactions.” See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or Derivative Transactions in which we participate.”
CLO Structural Elements
Structurally, CLO vehicles are entities formed to originate and/or acquire a portfolio of loans. The loans within the CLO vehicle are generally limited to loans which meet established credit criteria and are subject to concentration limitations in order to limit a CLO vehicle’s exposure to a single credit.
A CLO vehicle is formed by raising multiple “tranches” of debt (with the most senior tranches being rated “AAA” to the most junior tranches typically being rated “BB” or “B”) and equity. As interest payments are received, the CLO vehicle makes contractual interest payments to the holders of each tranche of debt based on their seniority. If there are funds remaining after each tranche of debt receives its contractual interest rate and the CLO vehicle meets or exceeds required collateral coverage levels (or other similar covenants) the remaining funds may be paid to the holders of the equity tranche. The contractual provisions setting out this order of payments are detailed in the CLO vehicle’s indenture. These provisions are referred to as the “priority of payments” or the “waterfall” and determine any other obligations that may be required to be paid ahead of payments of interest and principal on the securities issued by a CLO vehicle. In addition, for payments to be made to the holders of each tranche, after the most senior tranche of debt, there are various tests which must be complied with, which are different for each CLO vehicle. CLO indentures typically provide for adjustments to the priority of payments in the event that certain cashflow or collateral requirements are not maintained. The collateral quality tests that may divert cashflows in the priority of payments are predominantly determined by reference to the par values of the underlying loans, rather than their current market values.
2
The diagram below is for illustrative purposes only. The CLO vehicles in which we may invest may vary substantially from the illustrative example set forth below.
These investment objectives are not fundamental policies of ours and may be changed by our board of directors without prior approval of our stockholders. See “Business.”
Sound Point Meridian Management
Sound Point Meridian Management, our investment adviser, manages our investments subject to the supervision of our board of directors pursuant to an investment advisory agreement, or the “Investment Advisory Agreement.” The Administrator has agreed to perform, or arrange for the performance of, our required administrative services. For a description of the fees and expenses that we pay to the Adviser and the Administrator, see “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee” and “The Adviser and the Administrator — The Administrator and the Administration Agreement.”
The Adviser was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on May 11, 2022 and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is majority owned by Sound Point Capital Management, LP (“Sound Point Capital Management”), a registered investment adviser. As of December 31, 2023, Sound Point Capital Management had approximately $45.6 billion of total assets under management for investment in CLO securities, opportunistic credit, structured credit, specialty finance and marketplace lending, commercial real estate credit and other investments.1 Stephen Ketchum holds a controlling interest in the common equity of Sound Point Capital Management. In addition to Mr. Ketchum, certain principals of Stone Point Capital LLC, a private equity firm (“Stone Point”), a third-party permanent capital fund managed by Blue Owl GPSC Advisors LLC (“Blue Owl”), an investment adviser principally owned, through certain intermediary vehicles, by Blue Owl Capital Inc. (NYSE: OWL), and Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“AGUS”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (NYSE: AGO), a limited company organized under the laws of Bermuda, each holds a minority common equity interest in Sound Point Capital Management. Limited partners of Sound Point Capital Management that have contributed, or have the right to receive, 5% or more of Sound Point Capital Management’s capital upon its dissolution, include Mr. Ketchum, Blue Owl, AGUS and two senior principals of Stone Point. Sound Point Capital Management’s general partner, SPC Partners GP, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company that is controlled by Mr. Ketchum.
The Adviser’s CLO investment team (the “Investment Team”) is led by Ujjaval Desai. The Investment Team is jointly and primarily responsible for our day-to-day investment management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers” for each of the Investment Team’s biographical information.
1 | Sound Point Capital Management assets under management (“AUM”) provided as of 12/31/2023. AUM does not include redemptions received or liquidations that may be in effect after 12/31/2023. AUM does include, where relevant, committed capital to discretionary draw-down vehicles that have not yet been drawn, entities that are not open to new investors and/or are in the process of winding down and represents the closed total commitment of all loans managed by commercial real estate credit as of 12/31/2023, including inherited portfolios managed that were originated by another manager and assets attributable to a non-advisory client. |
3
Each member of the Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his or her career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks, and investors. We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Investment Team, and the established platform consisting of investment management and operations / business management, provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers.”
In addition to managing our investments, the Adviser’s affiliates and the members of the Investment Team manage investment accounts for other clients, including certain private investment vehicles. Many of these accounts pursue an investment strategy that substantially or partially overlaps with the strategy that we intend to pursue.
Our Competitive Advantages
We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:
● | Fundamental credit analysis. The Investment Team combines its in-house credit views with proprietary analytical tools to assess underlying loans in CLO collateral portfolios. CLO trustees typically provide CLO reporting on a monthly basis, which includes information on the current collateral portfolio (loan size, loan spread, industry) as well as month-over-month portfolio changes through manager trading (purchases and sales) and prepayment activity. The Investment Team’s proprietary tools aggregate trustee-reported data with market data such as current loan pricing and rating information. The Investment Team forms a credit watchlist based on this information, which is then used to analyze collateral risk of existing and potential investments. The Adviser believes this differentiated approach is a crucial competitive advantage, particularly in times of market stress. |
● | Manager selection and due diligence. We utilize the Adviser’s proprietary manager rating system in an effort to select an optimal set of managers with varied investment styles. The CLO market tends to price manager risk inefficiently. Typically deals from larger, established platforms trade tighter than smaller managers, regardless of performance. The Adviser’s manager rating process is intended to identify managers that it believes are likely to outperform, thereby seeking to deliver alpha to investors. |
● | Flexible and disciplined approach. Our investment strategy is tailored to current market opportunities. The Adviser will invest in both the primary and secondary CLO markets based on current relative value. In the primary market, the Adviser believes better economics are achieved through early deal access and investment flexibility in terms of risk and size (majority or minority positions). In the secondary market, the Adviser believes its analysis of collateral risk identifies investments with the most compelling risk/reward profile. The Adviser allocates our portfolio between CLO equity and mezzanine tranches based on the expected return relative to the credit risk of each tranche. The Adviser aims to opportunistically allocate the portfolio across all these elements, as well as rotate our portfolio (through purchases and sales) as investment risks evolve. |
● | Active portfolio management. Risk in CLO tranches evolves as a function of the credit risk in the underlying portfolios, the performance and behavior of the manager and overall macro credit views. The Adviser views the CLO market as generally slow to reprice a change in risk profile of tranches due to data and complexity issues. The Adviser believes active portfolio management can mitigate these risks and improve returns. |
Our Structure and Formation Transaction
We were organized as Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on May 13, 2022. Effective March 13, 2024, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation under the name Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. Our sole member, Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, or our “Sole Member,” owns 100% of our common stock. The Sole Member maintains an investment objective, strategies and investment policies, guidelines and restrictions that are, in all material respects, equivalent to those of us. On or around the time of the commencement of our operations and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our Sole Member intends to transfer all its assets and other portfolio securities and liabilities into us (the “Initial Portfolio Transaction”) in exchange for shares of our common stock, which shares will then be distributed by the Sole Member to its limited partners in liquidation of the Sole Member. The assets and other portfolio securities held by our Sole Member are comprised of certain equity and mezzanine tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. See “Business — Our Structure and Formation Transaction” and “Underwriting.”
4
Portfolio Composition
We are initially targeting a diversified portfolio of equity tranches of CLOs across 20-25 managers, to be purchased in the primary and secondary markets depending on current relative value. The focus is on higher quality managers with attractive portfolios.
Financing and Hedging Strategy
Leverage by the Company. We may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes, or preferred stock and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. In contrast to the CLOs in which we will invest, which are typically highly leveraged, the Company itself intends to use relatively limited amounts of leverage (generally expected to consist of borrowing or the issuances of preferred stock or debt securities) in order to optimize the returns to our shareholders. We seek to use appropriate leverage that enhances returns without creating undue risk in the portfolio in the case that the CLO market weakens. Over time, the Adviser may decide that it is appropriate to use more leverage to purchase assets or for other purposes, or to reduce leverage by repaying any outstanding facilities.
We currently anticipate incurring leverage in an amount up to approximately 20% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred) by entering into one or more credit facilities or through the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities at the time of this offering and within the first twelve months following the completion of this offering. We plan to obtain revolving facilities that will allow us to draw capital in the case that current cash available to pay dividends is lower than our anticipated run-rate cash dividend, or in the case that asset values in the CLO market fall in a way as to make new investments attractive, in which case we may incur leverage in excess of approximately 20% of our assets. The Adviser would decide whether or not it is beneficial to us to use leverage at any given time. Such facilities would be committed, but subject to certain restrictions that may not allow us to draw capital even if the Adviser deems it favorable to do so. Such facilities, if drawn, would become senior in priority to our common shares. The facilities would also earn an undrawn commitment fee that we would pay on an ongoing basis, regardless of whether we draw on the facilities or not.
Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
While we anticipate closing leverage facilities after the completion of this offering, the facilities will be revolving and thus the actual amount of leverage we will incur is expected to vary from time to time. We may use leverage opportunistically or otherwise choose to deviate from our current expectations. We may use different types or combinations of leveraging instruments at any time based on the Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and the investment environment, including forms of leverage other than preferred stock, debt securities, and/or credit facilities. In addition, we may borrow for temporary, emergency, or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act, which indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage ratios described above. By leveraging our investment portfolio, we may create an opportunity for increased net income and capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves significant risks and expenses, which will be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock, and our leverage strategy may not be successful. For example, the more leverage is employed, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and increase the risk of investing in us.”
While we cannot control the market value of our investments, the Adviser can determine to draw on our planned leverage facility to purchase new assets at a time of market dislocation. Such purchases, if made, can mitigate price drops in the current portfolio by making new asset purchases at a discount. Further, such purchases can potentially contribute to a higher increase in net asset value of the portfolio upon a market rebound than if the purchases were not made.
5
Derivative Transactions. We may engage in “Derivative Transactions,” as described below, from time to time. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so to hedge against interest rate, credit and/or other risks, or for other investment or risk management purposes. We may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and over-the-counter, or “OTC,” options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors, or collars, and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, we refer to these financial management techniques as “Derivative Transactions.” See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or Derivative Transactions in which we participate.”
Operating and Regulatory Structure
We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are required to meet certain regulatory tests. See “Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company.” In addition, we intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with our tax year ending [September 30, 2024].
Our investment activities are managed by the Adviser and supervised by our board of directors. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser a base management fee based on our “Total Equity Base” as well as an incentive fee based on our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.” “Total Equity Base” means the net asset value attributable to the common stock (prior to the application of the base management fee or incentive fee) and the paid-in or stated capital of the preferred interests in the Company (howsoever called), if any. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income, and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees, or other fees that the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and/or dividends paid on any issued and outstanding debt or preferred interests, but excluding the incentive fee). See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee.”
[We have also entered into an agreement for administrative services, which we refer to as the “Administration Agreement,” under which we have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement]. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — The Administrator and the Administration Agreement.”
Conflicts of Interest
Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. The Adviser is affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. These other relationships may cause the Adviser’s and certain of its affiliates’ interests, and the interests of their officers and employees, including the Investment Team, to diverge from our interests and may result in conflicts of interest that may not be foreseen or resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest. Our executive officers and directors, as well as other current and potential future affiliated persons, officers, and employees of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates, may serve as officers, directors, or principals of, or manage the accounts for, other entities with investment strategies that substantially or partially overlap with the strategy that we intend to pursue. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. The Adviser and its affiliates have entered into, and may in the future enter into additional, business arrangements with certain of our stockholders. In such cases, such stockholders may have an incentive to vote shares held by them in a manner that takes such arrangements into account. As a result of these relationships and separate business activities, the Adviser has conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services, and functions among us, other advisory clients and other business activities. See “Conflicts of Interest.”
6
In order to address such conflicts of interest, we have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted the “Adviser Code of Ethics.” The Adviser Code of Ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible, and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Personnel subject to each code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law.
Pursuant to the Adviser’s investment allocation policies and procedures, the Adviser seeks to allocate investment opportunities among accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time. There is no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short term or that any such account, including us, will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it. See “Conflicts of Interest — Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures.”
Co-Investment with Affiliates. In certain instances, we expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by certain of the Adviser’s affiliates, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and the Adviser’s written allocation procedures. We and the Adviser have submitted an application for exemptive relief to the SEC to permit us and certain of our affiliates to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser, or certain of its affiliates, subject to certain conditions. There can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained. A copy of the application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions and the related order, when issued, will be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Summary Risk Factors
The value of our assets, as well as the market price of shares of our common stock, will fluctuate. Our investments should be considered risky, and you may lose all or part of your investment in us. Investors should consider their financial situation and needs, other investments, investment goals, investment experience, time horizons, liquidity needs, and risk tolerance before investing in shares of our common stock. An investment in shares of our common stock may be speculative in that it involves a high degree of risk and should not be considered a complete investment program. We are designed primarily as a long-term investment vehicle, and our securities are not an appropriate investment for a short-term trading strategy. We can offer no assurance that returns, if any, on our investments will be commensurate with the risk of investment in us, nor can we provide any assurance that enough appropriate investments that meet our investment criteria will be available.
The following is a summary of certain principal risks of an investment in us. See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the risks of investing in shares of our common stock, including certain risks not summarized below.
● | No Prior Operating History. We were formed in May 2022 and are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. |
● | Key Personnel Risk. We are dependent upon the key personnel of the Adviser for our future success. |
● | Conflicts of Interest Risk. Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and certain of its affiliates and their officers and employees, including the Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. See “Conflicts of Interest.” |
7
● | Interest Rate Risk. The price of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. In the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses which may adversely affect the Company’s cash flow, fair value of its assets and operating results. |
● | Prepayment Risk. The assets underlying the CLO securities in which we intend to invest are subject to prepayment by the underlying corporate borrowers. In addition, the CLO securities and related investments in which we invest are subject to prepayment risk. If we or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest prepaid amounts in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, our investment performance will be adversely impacted. |
● | Benchmark Interest Rate Risk. The CLO debt securities in which we typically invest earn interest at, and obtain financing at, a floating rate, which has traditionally been based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). After June 30, 2023, all tenors of LIBOR have either ceased to be published or, in the case of 1-month, 3-month and 6-month U.S. dollar LIBOR settings, are no longer being published on a representative basis. As a result, the relevant credit markets have transitioned away from LIBOR to other benchmarks. The primary replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR for loans and CLO debt securities is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which measures the cost of overnight borrowings through repurchase agreement transactions collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. As of January 1, 2022, all new issue CLO securities utilize SOFR as the LIBOR replacement rate. For CLOs issued prior to 2022, the use of LIBOR is being phased out as loan portfolios transition to utilizing the SOFR. As of the date hereof, certain legacy CLOs and senior secured loans have already transitioned to utilizing SOFR based interest rates whereas not all CLO debt securities have transitioned to such replacement rate. The ongoing risks associated with transitioning from LIBOR to term SOFR or an alternative benchmark rate may be difficult to assess or predict. To the extent that the rate utilized for senior secured loans held by a CLO differs from the rate utilized in calculating interest on the debt securities issued by the CLO, there is a basis risk between the two rates (e.g., SOFR or another benchmark rate or the 1-month term SOFR rate and the 3-month term SOFR rate). This means the CLO could experience an interest rate mismatch between its assets and liabilities, which could have an adverse impact on the cash flows distributed to CLO equity investors as well as our net investment income and portfolio returns until such mismatch is corrected or minimized, if at all, which would be expected to occur when both the underlying senior secured loans and the CLO securities utilize the same benchmark index rate. At this time, it is not possible to predict the full effects of the phasing out of LIBOR on U.S. senior secured loans, on CLO debt securities, and on the underlying assets of the specific CLOs in which we invest. |
● | Liquidity Risk. The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for certain other credit related investments. As such, we may not be able to sell investments in CLO securities quickly, or at all. If we are able to sell such investments, the prices we receive may not reflect our assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by us. |
● | Incentive Fee Risk. Our incentive fee structure and the formula for calculating the fee payable to the Adviser may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments and use leverage in a manner that adversely impacts our performance. In view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to a general increase in interest rates. |
● | Subordinated Securities. CLO equity and junior debt securities that we may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO equity and junior debt securities are subject to greater risk of default relative to the holders of senior priority interests in the same CLO based on the structural subordination of the tranches of CLO securities. |
● | High-Yield Investment Risk. The CLO equity securities that we hold and intend to acquire are typically unrated and are therefore considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The senior secured loans held as collateral by CLOs are also typically higher-yield, sub-investment grade investments. Investing in CLO equity and junior debt securities and other high-yield investments involves greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations, which may adversely impact our performance. |
8
● | Risks of Investing in CLOs and Other Structured Finance Securities. CLOs and other structured finance securities are generally backed by pools of loans and other credit assets as collateral. Accordingly, CLO and structured finance securities present risks similar to those of other types of credit investments, including default (credit), interest rate, and prepayment risks. In addition, CLOs and other structured finance securities are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts, which may increase the risk of dispute over the interpretation and enforceability of such documents relative to other types of investments or limit the ability of an investor to enforce its rights and pursue remedies. There is also a risk that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. |
● | Leverage Risk. The use of leverage, whether directly through borrowing by us or indirectly through investments such as CLO equity securities that also involve leverage, may magnify our risk of loss. CLO equity and junior debt securities are very highly leveraged (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), and therefore the CLO securities that we hold and in which we intend to invest are subject to a higher degree of loss since the use of leverage magnifies losses. |
● | Credit Risk. If CLO securities that we invest in, an underlying loan owned by any such CLO, or any other credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or the obligor fails to pay principal, interest or other return when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial performance or has other credit related issues, our income, NAV, and/or market price would be adversely impacted. |
● | Fair Valuation of Our Portfolio Investments. Generally, there is a more limited public market for the CLO investments we target. As a result, we value these securities at least quarterly, or more frequently as may be required from time to time, at fair value. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause our NAV on a given date to understate or overstate, possibly materially, the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments. |
● | Limited Investment Opportunities Risk. The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for other credit related investments. We can offer no assurances that sufficient investment opportunities for our capital will be available. |
● | Non-Diversification Risk. We are a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act and may hold a narrower range of investments than a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. |
● | Market Risk. Political, regulatory, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific economic sectors, industries, or segments of the market, can affect the value of our investments. A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital, reduce the availability of suitable investment opportunities for us, or adversely and materially affect the value of our investments, any of which would negatively affect our business. |
● | Loan Accumulation Facilities Risk. We may invest in loan accumulation facilities, which are short to medium term debt facilities, often provided by the bank that will serve as placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction, which acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities employing leverage. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, the Company may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose the Company primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. |
● | Currency Risk. Although we intend to primarily make investments denominated in U.S. dollars, we may make investments denominated in other currencies. Our investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar. |
● | Hedging Risk. Hedging transactions seeking to reduce risks may result in poorer overall performance than if we had not engaged in such hedging transactions, and they may also not properly hedge our risks. |
9
● | Reinvestment Risk. CLOs will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales that may be reinvested in substitute assets, subject to compliance with applicable investment tests. If the CLO collateral manager causes the CLO to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired (for example, during periods of loan compression or as may be required to satisfy a CLO’s covenants) or sale proceeds are maintained temporarily in cash, it would reduce the excess interest-related cash flow, thereby having a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our securities. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which would cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed. |
● | Refinancing Risk. If we incur debt financing and subsequently refinance such debt, the replacement debt may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions. If we fail to extend, refinance, or replace such debt financings prior to their maturity on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity will be lower than it would have been with the benefit of such financings, which would limit our ability to grow. |
● | Tax Risk. If we fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for any reason, or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, as well as the amount of income available for distributions, and the amount of such distributions, to our common stockholders and for payments to the holders of our other obligations. |
● | Derivatives Risk. Derivative instruments in which we may invest may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases greater than, the risks presented by other instruments. The primary risks related to Derivative Transactions include counterparty, correlation, liquidity, leverage, volatility, and OTC trading risks. In addition, a small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our performance, imposing a form of investment leverage on our portfolio. In certain types of Derivative Transactions, we could lose the entire amount of our investment; in other types of Derivative Transactions, the potential loss is theoretically unlimited. |
● | Counterparty Risk. We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on obligations, thereby resulting in potentially significant losses. |
● | Global Economy Risk. Global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions and events in one country, region or financial market may adversely impact issuers in a different country, region, or financial market. |
Our Corporate Information
Our offices are located 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152, and our telephone number is (212) 895-2293.
10
Set forth below is additional information regarding offerings of our securities:
Common Stock Offered |
[ ] shares of common stock. [As part of this offering, up to [ ] shares of common stock will be reserved for sale to the Adviser, [its affiliates] and employees of the Adviser and [its affiliate]s in exchange for an aggregate cash contribution of approximately $[ ].]
An additional [ ] shares of common stock are issuable pursuant to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. | |
Pro Forma Common Stock to be Outstanding Immediately After this Offering |
[ ] shares of common stock assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised.
[ ] shares of common stock assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full. | |
Proposed NYSE Symbol | “[SPMC].” | |
Use of Proceeds | We intend to use the proceeds from the sale of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. We currently anticipate being able to deploy the proceeds from this offering within [ ] after the completion of the offering, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. See “Use of Proceeds.” | |
Distributions |
We intend to make regular monthly distributions of all or a portion of our “investment company taxable income” (which generally consists of ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, and excluding any deduction for distributions paid to stockholders) to common stockholders. We also intend to make at least annual distributions of all or a portion of our “net capital gains” (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses).
As one of the requirements for us to maintain our ability to be taxed as a RIC, we are generally required to pay distributions to holders of our common stock in an amount equal to substantially all of our taxable income.
[We anticipate declaring a distribution of approximately $[ ] per share of common stock for the month of [ ] (in each case, if continued, such amount to equal approximately [ ]% annualized of our initial public offering price per share) payable to holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering.] If our distributions exceed our investment company taxable income in a tax year, such excess will represent a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a stockholder invested in us. Stockholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profit when they are not. Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from us is net investment income or profit, and our distributions should not be used as a measure of performance or confused with yield or income. A return of capital will lower a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, which could result in shareholders having to pay higher taxes in the future when shares are sold, even when shares are sold at a loss from the original investment. Additionally, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may at times pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. No assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such distributions in future periods, and our ability to declare and pay distributions will be subject to a number of factors, including our results of operations. See “Distribution Policy.” |
11
Investment Advisory Agreement | The Adviser manages our investments, subject to the supervision of our board of directors, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its related persons are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses arising from the services rendered by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser. A discussion regarding the basis for our board of directors’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in our [semi-annual report for the period ended September 30, 2024].
Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually (after the initial two-year period) by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to such agreement, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement.” | |
Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee | We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components – a base management fee and an incentive fee.
Base Management Fee. The management fee is calculated monthly and payable quarterly in arrears and equals an annual rate of 1.75% of our Total Equity Base.
Incentive Fee. The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a preferred return, or “hurdle,” of 2.00% of our NAV (8.00% annualized) and a “catch up” feature. No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains, whether realized or unrealized. In addition, the amount of the incentive fee is not affected by any realized or unrealized losses that we may suffer.
See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee.” | |
Other Expenses | The Investment Team of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by the Adviser. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Payment of Expenses.” |
Administration Agreement | [We have entered into an Administration Agreement, pursuant to which the Administrator furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record-keeping services. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides us with accounting services, assists us in determining and publishing our NAV, prepares our financial statements, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others and provides such other administrative services rendered to us by others and provides such other administrative services as we may from time to time designate. We reimburse the Administrator, an affiliate of the Adviser, for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the portion of the compensation expenses of certain officers and any administrative support staff allocable to us.] See “The Adviser and the Administrator — The Administrator and the Administration Agreement.” |
12
Market Price of Common Stock and Closed-End Fund Structure |
Closed-end funds differ from open-end management investment companies, or “mutual funds,” in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the stockholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities that are redeemable and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares.
Shares of common stock of closed-end funds that are listed on an exchange frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade at, above or below NAV. Our NAV may be reduced immediately following this offering by the offering expenses paid by us. If our shares trade at a discount to our NAV, it will likely increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock, including the risk of leverage, under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. | |
Dividend Reinvestment Plan | Each holder of at least one full share of our common stock will be automatically enrolled in our dividend reinvestment plan, or the “DRIP.” Under the DRIP, distributions on shares of our common stock are automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock by SS&C GIDS, Inc. (the “DRIP administrator”) unless the holder opts out of the DRIP. Holders of our common stock who receive distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock are nonetheless subject to the applicable federal, state, or local taxes on the reinvested distribution but will not receive a corresponding cash distribution with which to pay any applicable tax. The DRIP administrator (acting on our behalf) will primarily use newly-issued, authorized shares of common stock to implement reinvestment of distributions under the DRIP. Distributions that are reinvested through the issuance of new shares increase our stockholders’ equity on which a management fee is payable to the Adviser. If we declare a distribution payable in cash, holders of shares of our common stock who opt out of participation in the DRIP (including those holders whose shares are held through a broker or other nominee who has opted out of participation in the DRIP) generally will receive such distributions in cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” |
Taxation | We will elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a RIC.
As a RIC, we generally are not required to pay U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we receive from our portfolio investments and distribute to holders of our common stock. To qualify as a RIC and maintain our RIC status, we must meet specific source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute in each of our taxable years at least 90% of the sum of our investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt interest, if any, to holders of our common stock. If, in any year, we fail to qualify as a RIC under U.S. federal income tax laws, we would be taxed as an ordinary corporation. In such circumstances, we could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes, and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.” | |
Risk Factors | Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the information set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in our common stock. | |
Available Information | We will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. This information is available free of charge by writing us at Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152, Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (212) 895-2293. |
13
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under “Annual Expenses” are estimated based on estimated amounts for our first full year of operations and assume that we incur leverage in an amount equal to [ ]% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred) and that we issue [ ] shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share (which price is equal to our NAV per share of common stock as of [ ]). If we issue fewer shares of common stock, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to our common stock. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.
Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of the offering price): | ||||
Sales load | [ ] | %(1) | ||
Offering expenses | [ ] | %(2) | ||
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses | Up to $[ ] | (3) | ||
Total stockholder transaction expenses | [ ] | % | ||
Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock): | ||||
Base management fee | [ ] | %(4) | ||
Incentive fee | [ ] | %(5) | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds | [ ] | %(6) | ||
Other expenses | [ ] | % | ||
Total annual expenses | [ ] | % |
(1) | The Adviser or its affiliates will pay the full amount of the sales load of $[ ] per share of common stock issued in connection with this offering (excluding shares sold to our board of directors, the Adviser, its affiliates, employees of the Adviser and its affiliates and certain other persons if agreed with the underwriters) which, assuming the issuance of [ ] shares in connection with this offering, may be up to an aggregate amount of $[ ]. Because the sales load is paid solely by the Adviser or its affiliates (and not by us), it is not reflected in the table above and will not reduce the NAV per share of our common stock. See “Underwriting.” |
(2) | Amount reflects offering expenses of $[ ]. |
(3) | The expenses of administering the DRIP are included in “other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $[ ] transaction fee plus a $[ ] per share brokerage commission from the proceeds. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” |
(4) | We have agreed to pay the Adviser as compensation under the Investment Advisory Agreement a base management fee at an annual rate of 1.75% which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our Total Equity Base. “Total Equity Base” means the net asset value attributable to the common stock (prior to the application of the base management fee or incentive fee) and the paid-in or stated capital of the preferred interests in the Company (howsoever called), if any. |
The figure shown in the table above reflects our assumption that we incur leverage in an amount equal to [ ]% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred). These base management fees are indirectly borne by holders of our common stock and are not borne by the holders of preferred stock, if any, or the holders of any other securities that we may issue. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee.”
14
(5) | We have agreed to pay the Adviser as compensation under the Investment Advisory Agreement a quarterly incentive fee equal to 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a quarterly preferred return, or hurdle, of 2.00% (8.00% annualized) and a catch-up feature. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains whether realized or unrealized. The incentive fee is paid to the Adviser as follows: |
● | no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed 2.00%; |
● | 100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income meets or exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and |
● | 20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter (10.00% annualized) is payable to the Adviser (that is, once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is paid to the Adviser). |
● | For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee.” We estimate annual incentive fees payable to the Adviser during our first year of operation to equal [ ]% based on the historical performance of our initial portfolio and our estimation of the use of the proceeds of this offering. |
(6) | Assumes that we incur borrowings in an amount equal to [ ]% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred) with an assumed interest rate of [ ]% per annum, based on current market rates. |
Example
The following example is furnished in response to the requirements of the SEC and illustrates the various costs and expenses that you would pay, directly or indirectly, on a $1,000 investment in shares of our common stock for the time periods indicated, assuming (1) combined offering expenses payable by us of [ ]%, (2) total annual expenses of [ ]% of net assets attributable to our common stock and (3) a 5% annual return*:
1 year | 3 years | 5 years | 10 years | |||||||||||||
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] | $ | [ ] |
* | The example should not be considered a representation of future returns or expenses, and actual returns and expenses may be greater or less than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated “other expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. In addition, because the example assumes a 5% annual return, the example does not reflect the payment of the incentive fee which would either not be payable or would have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above. Our actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. |
Other Expenses
The Adviser’s Investment Team, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation:
15
● | the cost of calculating our NAV (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm or pricing service); |
● | interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; |
● | fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses and travel expenses, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective investments, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights; |
● | amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments; |
● | brokerage fees and commissions; |
● | federal and state registration fees; |
● | exchange listing fees; |
● | federal, state and local taxes; |
● | offerings or repurchases of our common stock and other securities; |
● | management fees and incentive fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement; |
● | distributions on our common stock and other securities; |
● | administration fees payable to the Administrator under the Administration Agreement; |
● | transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; |
● | independent director fees and expenses; |
● | the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs; |
● | costs of holding meetings of our stockholders; |
● | litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; |
● | fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; |
● | dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; |
● | direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, telecommunications and staff, including fees payable in connection with outsourced administration functions; |
● | fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; |
● | fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; |
● | costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and |
● | all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business or incurred by the Administrator on our behalf, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. |
16
Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us might also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our NAV and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Investments
Our investments in CLO securities and other structured finance securities involve certain risks related to subordination, credit, market, payment, prepayment and liquidity risks.
Our investments consist primarily of CLO securities, and we may invest in other related structured finance securities. CLOs and structured finance securities are generally backed by an asset or a pool of assets (typically senior secured loans and other credit assets in the case of a CLO) that serve as collateral for the repayment of such securities. Structured finance investors bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. CLOs are generally issued in multiple tranches, including senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity tranches, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches are generally protected at the risk and expense of more junior tranches. The focus of our investment strategy is expected to be on more junior debt and equity tranches of CLO capital structures and will be subject to greater risk as a result of such tranching and subordination.
CLO and other structured finance securities involve risks similar to other types of debt obligations, but those risks may be further increased due to the leveraged nature of these securities. For example, investments in subordinated structured securities, including equity and junior debt securities issued by CLOs, involve credit risk and market risk. Changes in interest rates and credit quality may cause significant price fluctuations.
In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO securities carry additional risks, including: (1) the possibility that distributions from collateral assets will not be adequate to make interest or principal payments in full or on a timely basis; (2) the collateral may decline in value or default; (3) our investments in CLO equity and mezzanine debt tranches are expected to be subordinate in right of payment to other senior classes of CLO debt and may be subject to deferral of interest payments during periods in which the CLO has inadequate cashflow to make all required payments in priority to the mezzanine CLO securities; and (4) the complex structure of and the investments may result disputes with the issuer, other investors or stakeholders or may result in unexpected investment results, particularly during periods of market stress or volatility. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which we invest, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the assets underlying the CLOs. In addition, CLO and other structured finance securities may be subject to prepayment risk. The performance of a CLO or other structured finance security may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including the security’s priority in the capital structure of the issuer, the availability of any credit enhancement, the level and timing of payments and recoveries on and the characteristics of the underlying collateral, the structural insulation (including bankruptcy remoteness) of those assets from the originator or transferor, the adequacy of and ability to realize upon any related collateral, and the capability of the servicer in maximizing the value of the securitized assets. There may also be risks that the trustee of a CLO does not properly carry out its duties to the CLO, potentially resulting in loss to the CLO. Investments in structured finance securities may also be subject to liquidity risk.
Investing in senior secured loans directly or indirectly through CLO securities involves particular risks related to performance, transfer restrictions, trading requirements and operational risks.
Investing in CLOs results in exposure to underlying senior secured loans, but we may also have such exposure directly or indirectly through other means from time to time. Such loans may become nonperforming or impaired for a variety of reasons and may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring that may entail a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write down of the principal of the loan. Loans may not be purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities, and, historically, the trading volume in the loan market has been small relative to other markets. Trading delays may occur, and transfers often require the consent of an agent bank and/or the borrowers. Additional risks associated with senior secured loans include the fact that prepayments generally may occur at any time without premium or penalty.
17
The portfolios of certain CLOs in which we invest may contain middle market loans. Loans to middle market companies may carry more inherent risks than loans to larger, publicly traded entities. These companies generally have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position, may need more capital to expand or compete, and may be unable to obtain financing from public capital markets or from traditional sources, such as commercial banks. Middle market companies typically have narrower product lines and smaller market shares than large companies in similar markets. Therefore, they tend to be more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. These companies may also experience substantial variations in operating results. The success of a middle market business may also depend on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the obligor. Middle market loans are less liquid and have a smaller trading market than the market for broadly syndicated loans and may have default rates or recovery rates that differ (and may be better or worse) from broadly syndicated loans or investment grade securities. There can be no assurance as to the levels of defaults and/or recoveries that may be experienced with respect to middle market loans in any CLO in which we may invest. As a consequence of the forgoing factors, the securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in middle market loans (or hold significant portions thereof) are generally considered to be a riskier investment than securities issued by CLOs that primarily invest in broadly syndicated loans.
Mezzanine CLO securities are subject to re-pricing.
If interest rates on investments similar to a CLO’s secured notes fall below the prevailing levels at the time of issuance of those secured notes, the holders of CLO equity may have the right to cause a re-pricing of one or more classes of the secured notes, which will result in the interest rate payable with respect to each re-priced class to be reduced. Any mezzanine CLO securities in which we invest that are re-priced will be redeemed if we elect not to participate in the re-pricing and may be at a time when other investments bearing the same rate of interest may be more difficult or expensive to acquire. A re-pricing may also result in a shorter investment than a holder of secured notes may have initially anticipated. Holders subject to a re-pricing may recognize taxable income to the extent of excess of any distributions made on their secured notes during the taxable year in which the re-pricing occurs and may recognize short-term capital gain or loss if they sell, exchange, retire, or otherwise dispose of their notes within one year after the re-pricing, even if such gain or loss otherwise would have been long-term capital gain or loss.
Our exposure to covenant-lite loans creates increased risk of loss.
Covenant-lite loans are loans that possess few or no financial maintenance and reporting covenants intended to protect lenders. Covenant-lite loans may comprise a significant portion of the senior secured loans underlying the CLOs in which we invest. Over the past decade, the senior secured loans that are also covenant-lite loans have become a significant majority of the market. Covenant-lite loans are subject to the risks associated with investments in other types of loans, as discussed herein. Generally, covenant-lite loans allow the borrowers more freedom to operate because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested, and therefore can only be breached, at the time of a proposed affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent that the CLOs that we invest in hold covenant-lite loans, our CLOs may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in loans with financial maintenance covenants.
Our investments in the primary CLO market involve certain risks related to the period of time during which the CLO acquires assets.
Between the pricing date and the effective date of a CLO, the CLO collateral manager will generally expect to purchase additional collateral obligations (primarily loans) for the CLO. During this period, which typically extends for approximately three to six months, the price and availability of these collateral obligations may be adversely affected by market factors, including price volatility, interest rate movements and availability of investments suitable for the CLO, which could hamper the ability of the collateral manager to acquire a portfolio of collateral obligations that will satisfy specified concentration limitations and allow the CLO to reach the target initial par amount of collateral prior to the effective date. An inability or delay in reaching the target initial par amount of collateral may adversely affect the timing and amount of distributions on the CLO equity securities and the timing and amount of interest or principal payments received by holders of the CLO debt securities and could result in early redemptions, which may cause CLO equity and debt investors to suffer losses on their investment.
18
Our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities which may subject us to a risk of significant loss if these correlated CLO securities experience a high level of defaults on collateral.
Our portfolio may be comprised of investments in a limited number of CLO securities. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code and the concentration limits generally applicable to CLOs, we will not have fixed guidelines for diversification, we will not have any limitations on the ability to invest in any one CLO, and our investments may be concentrated in relatively few CLO securities. As our portfolio may be less diversified than the portfolios of some larger funds, we are more susceptible to negative investment results if one or more of the CLOs in which we are invested experiences a high level of defaults on its collateral. Similarly, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. We may also invest in multiple CLOs managed by the same CLO collateral manager, thereby increasing our risk of loss in the event the CLO collateral manager was to fail, experience the loss of key portfolio management employees or sell its business.
Failure to maintain diversification of underlying obligors across the CLOs in which we invest would make us more vulnerable to defaults.
Even if we maintain diversification across different CLO issuers, we may still be subject to concentration risk since CLO portfolios tend to have overlap across underlying obligors. This trend is generally exacerbated when demand for bank loans by CLO issuers outpaces supply. Market analysts have noted that the overlap of obligor names among CLO issuers has increased recently, and is particularly evident across CLOs originated at or around the same time, as well as with CLOs managed by the same asset manager. To the extent we invest in CLOs that have a high percentage of overlap, this may increase the relative concentration of underlying loans and the possibility of defaults on our CLO investments occurring at the same time.
Our portfolio is focused on CLO securities, and the CLO securities in which we invest may hold loans that are concentrated in a limited number of industries.
Our portfolio is focused primarily on securities issued by CLOs and related investments, and the CLOs in which we invest may hold loans that are concentrated in a relatively limited number of industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which our CLO investments are concentrated could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.
Certain collateral quality test failures in our CLO investments may result in diversion of CLO payments and harm our operating results.
Because we expect to hold CLO investments that are subordinated in the capital structure, we expect our investments to be impacted if the CLOs fail to maintain certain financial thresholds related to overcollateralization and/or interest coverage tests. CLO indentures typically do not allow full par credit for assets rated “CCC+” or lower (or their equivalent) in excess of applicable limits for purposes of calculation of the CLO’s overcollateralization tests. As a result, negative rating migration of underlying loans could cause a CLO to be out of compliance with its overcollateralization tests. In the event that a CLO fails these collateral quality tests or otherwise defaults, holders of CLO senior debt may be entitled to payments that would, in turn, reduce or terminate the payments we, as holder of equity and junior debt tranches, would otherwise be entitled to receive from periodic distributions. Separately, we may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting CLO or any other investment we may make. If any of these occur, it could materially and adversely affect our operating results, NAV and cashflows.
19
Our investments in CLOs and other investment vehicles result in additional expenses to us.
We invest in CLO securities and may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and other instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of a CLO’s or any such investment vehicle’s expenses, including management and performance fees. In addition to the management and performance fees related to our investments in CLOs, we will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and other instruments of other investment vehicles, including CLOs. With respect to each of these investments, each holder of our common stock bears his or her share of the management and incentive fee of the Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees charged by the underlying advisor and other expenses of any investment vehicles in which we invest.
In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our securities invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, potentially resulting in a lower rate of return than an investor might achieve through direct investments.
Investors will bear indirectly the fees and expenses of the CLO equity securities in which we invest.
Investors will bear indirectly the fees and expenses (including management fees and other operating expenses) of the CLO equity securities in which we invest. CLO collateral manager fees are charged on the total assets of a CLO but are assumed to be paid from the residual cashflows after interest payments to the CLO senior debt tranches. Therefore, these CLO collateral manager fees (which generally range from 0.35% to 0.50% of a CLO’s total assets) are effectively much higher when allocated only to the CLO equity tranche. The calculation does not include any other operating expense ratios of the CLOs, as these amounts are not routinely reported to shareholders on a basis consistent with this methodology; however, it is estimated that additional operating expenses of 0.04% to 0.07% of a CLO’s assets could be incurred. In addition, CLO collateral managers may earn fees based on a percentage of the CLO’s equity cashflows after the CLO equity has earned a positive internal rate of return of its capital and achieved a specified “hurdle” rate.
Our investments in CLO securities may be less transparent to us and our stockholders than direct investments in the collateral.
Investors in CLOs and other related investments generally have access to less information regarding the collateral held by such CLOs and other vehicles than investors directly holding the debt of the underlying obligors. As a result, our stockholders will not know the details of the collateral of the CLOs in which we invest and will not receive the reports issued by the CLOs. In addition, none of the information contained in certain periodic reports nor any other financial information furnished to us as an investor in a CLO is audited and reported upon, nor is an opinion expressed, by an independent public accountant.
CLO investments involve complex documentation and accounting considerations.
CLOs and other structured finance securities in which we intend to invest are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts. As a result, the risk of dispute over interpretation or enforceability of the documentation may be higher relative to other types of investments and enforcement of rights or remedies may be more limited than in bilateral agreements between borrowers and lenders.
The accounting and tax implications of the CLO investments that we intend to make are complicated. In particular, reported earnings from CLO equity securities are recorded under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “GAAP,” based upon an effective yield calculation. Current taxable earnings on certain of these investments, however, will generally not be determinable until after the end of the fiscal year of each individual CLO that ends within our fiscal year, even though the investments are generating cashflow throughout the fiscal year. The tax treatment of certain of these investments may result in higher distributable earnings in the early years and a capital loss at maturity, while for reporting purposes the totality of cashflows is reflected in a constant yield to maturity.
20
We are dependent on the collateral managers of the CLOs in which we invest, and those CLOs are generally not registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act.
We rely on CLO collateral managers to administer and review the portfolios of collateral they manage. Many CLO collateral managers are registered as investment advisers with the SEC, but may not be required to be so registered. The actions of the CLO collateral managers may significantly affect the return on our investments; however, we, as investors of the CLO, typically do not have any direct contractual relationship with the collateral managers of the CLOs in which we invest. The ability or obligation of each CLO collateral manager to identify and report on issues affecting its portfolio on a timely basis could also affect the return on our investments, as we may not be provided with information on a timely basis in order to take appropriate measures to manage our risks. We will also rely on CLO collateral managers to act in the best interests of a CLO it manages; however, such CLO collateral managers are subject to fiduciary duties owed to all classes of securities; therefore, there can be no assurance that the collateral managers will always act in the best interest of our investments. If any CLO collateral manager were to act in a manner that was not in the best interest of the CLOs (e.g., acting with gross negligence, with reckless disregard or in bad faith) or not be required to act in the best interests of our investment, the overall performance of our investments could be adversely impact. Furthermore, since the underlying CLO issuer often provides an indemnity to its CLO collateral manager, we may not be incentivized to pursue actions against the collateral manager since any such action, if successful, may ultimately be borne by the underlying CLO issuer and payable from its assets, which could create losses to us as investors in the CLO. In addition, liabilities incurred by the CLO collateral manger to third parties may be borne by us as investors in CLO equity to the extent the CLO is required to indemnify its collateral manager for such liabilities.
In addition, the CLOs in which we invest are generally not registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act. As investors in these CLOs, we are not afforded the protections that stockholders in an investment company registered under the 1940 Act would have.
The collateral managers of the CLOs in which we intend to invest may not continue to manage such CLOs.
Given that we intend to invest in CLO securities issued by CLOs that are managed by unaffiliated collateral managers, we are dependent on the skill and expertise of such managers. As discussed under “Business — Investment Process,” we believe the Adviser’s ability to analyze and vet potential CLO collateral managers differentiates our approach to investing in CLO securities. However, there is no guarantee that, for any CLO we invest in, the collateral manager in place when we invest in such CLO securities will continue to manage such CLO through the life of our investment. Collateral managers may be subject to removal or replacement by other holders of CLO securities without our consent, and may also voluntarily resign as collateral manager or assign their role as collateral manager to another entity. There can be no assurance that any removal, replacement, resignation or assignment of any particular CLO collateral manager’s role will not adversely affect the returns on the CLO securities in which we intend to invest.
Our investments in CLO securities may be subject to special anti-deferral provisions that could result in us incurring tax or recognizing income prior to receiving cash distributions related to such income.
Some or all of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute “passive foreign investment companies,” or “PFICs.” If we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Certain elections may be available to mitigate or eliminate such tax on excess distributions, but such elections (if available) will generally require us to recognize our share of the PFIC’s income for each tax year regardless of whether we receive any distributions from such PFIC. We must nonetheless distribute such income to maintain our status as a RIC. The Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS” issued final regulations that generally treat our income inclusion with respect to a PFIC with respect to which we have made a qualified electing fund, or “QEF,” election, as qualifying income for purposes of determining our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC if (i) there is a current distribution out of the earnings and profits of the PFIC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (ii) such inclusion is derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies. As such, we may be restricted in our ability to make QEF elections with respect to our holdings in issuers that could be treated as PFICs in order to ensure our continued qualification as a RIC and/or maximize our after-tax return from these investments.
21
If we hold 10% or more of the interests treated as equity (by vote or value) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or “CFC” (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as a CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each tax year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains). If we are required to include such deemed distributions from a CFC in our income, we will be required to distribute such income to maintain our RIC status regardless of whether or not the CFC makes an actual distribution during such tax year. Applicable Treasury Regulations generally treat our income inclusion with respect to a CFC as qualifying income for purposes of determining our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC either if (i) there is a distribution out of the earnings and profits of the CFC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (ii) such inclusion is derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies.
If we are required to include amounts from CLO securities in income prior to receiving the cash distributions representing such income, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forego new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
If a CLO in which we invest is treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such CLO could be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis, which could affect our operating results and cash flows.
Each CLO in which we invest will generally operate pursuant to investment guidelines intended to ensure the CLO is not treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each CLO will generally receive an opinion of counsel, subject to certain assumptions (including compliance with the investment guidelines) and limitations, that the CLO will not be engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a CLO fails to comply with the investment guidelines or the IRS otherwise successfully asserts that the CLO should be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such CLO could be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis, which could reduce the amount available to distribute to junior debt and equity holders in such CLO, including the Company.
If a CLO in which we invest fails to comply with certain U.S. tax disclosure requirements, such CLO may be subject to withholding requirements that could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cashflows.
The U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code, or “FATCA,” imposes a withholding tax of 30% on U.S. source periodic payments, including interest and dividends to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amount available to distribute to junior debt and equity holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect the fair value of the CLO’s securities, our operating results, and cashflows.
Increased competition in the market or a decrease in new CLO issuances may result in increased price volatility or a shortage of investment opportunities.
In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of, and flow of capital into, investment vehicles established to make investments in CLO securities, even though the overall size of this market is relatively limited. While we cannot determine the precise effect of such competition, such increase may result in greater competition for investment opportunities, which may result in an increase in the price of such investments relative to their risk. Such competition may also result under certain circumstances in increased price volatility or decreased liquidity with respect to certain positions.
22
In addition, the volume of new CLO issuances and CLO refinancings varies over time as a result of a variety of factors including changes in interest rates, regulatory changes and other market forces. As a result of increased competition and uncertainty regarding the volume of new CLO issuances and CLO refinancings, we can offer no assurances that we will deploy all of our capital in a timely manner or at all. Prospective investors should understand that we may compete with other investment vehicles, as well as investment and commercial banking firms, which have substantially greater resources, in terms of financial wherewithal and research staffs, than may be available to us.
We may be subject to risks associated with any wholly-owned subsidiaries.
We may in the future invest indirectly through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries. A subsidiary includes entities that engage in investment activities in securities or other assets that are primarily controlled by us. We intend to comply with the provisions of Section 8 of the 1940 Act governing investment policies on an aggregate basis with any subsidiaries. We also intend to comply with the provisions of Section 18 of the 1940 Act governing capital structure and leverage on an aggregate basis with any subsidiaries, including such that we will treat a subsidiary’s debt as our own for purposes of Section 18. Any subsidiary will comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act relating to affiliated transactions and custody. Any wholly-owned subsidiary would not be separately registered under the 1940 Act and would not be subject to all the investor protections and substantive regulation of the 1940 Act, although any subsidiary will be managed pursuant to applicable our 1940 Act compliance policies and procedures. In addition, changes in the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of any wholly-owned subsidiary could result in the inability of such subsidiary to operate as anticipated.
We and our investments are subject to interest rate risk.
Since we may incur leverage (including through preferred stock and/or debt securities) to make investments, our net investment income depends, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds.
In a rising interest rate environment, any leverage that we incur may bear a higher interest rate than our current leverage. There may not, however, be a corresponding increase in our investment income. Any reduction in the rate of return on new investments relative to the rate of return on our current investments, and any reduction in the rate of return on our current investments, could adversely impact our net investment income, reducing our ability to service the interest obligations on, and to repay the principal of, our indebtedness, as well as our capacity to pay distributions to our stockholders. See “— Interest Rate Floor Risk.”
The fair value of certain of our investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, our investments in senior secured loans through investments in junior debt and equity tranches of CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. For example, because CLO debt securities are floating rate securities, a reduction in interest rates would generally result in a reduction in the coupon payment and cashflow we receive on our CLO debt investments. Further, although CLOs are generally structured to mitigate the risk of interest rate mismatch, there may be a difference between the timing of interest rate resets on the assets and liabilities of a CLO. Such a mismatch in timing could have a negative effect on the amount of funds distributed to CLO equity investors. In addition, CLOs may not be able to enter into hedge agreements, even if it may otherwise be in the best interests of the CLO to hedge such interest rate risk. In the event that our interest expense was to increase relative to income, or sufficient financing became unavailable, our return on investments and cash available for distribution to stockholders or to make other payments on our securities would be reduced. In addition, future investments in different types of instruments may carry a greater exposure to interest rate risk.
Interest Rate Floor Risk. Because CLOs generally issue debt on a floating rate basis, an increase in the applicable interest rate index (which is generally expected to be term SOFR) will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Many of the senior secured loans held by these CLOs have interest rate floors such that, when the applicable interest rate index is below the stated interest rate floor, the stated floor (rather than index rate itself) is used to determine the interest payable under the loans. Therefore, if the applicable interest rate index increases but stays below the average floor rate of the senior secured loans held by a CLO, there would not be a corresponding increase in the investment income of such CLOs. The combination of increased financing costs without a corresponding increase in investment income in such a scenario could result in the CLO not having adequate cash to make interest or other payments on the securities which we hold.
23
Interest Index Risk. The CLO equity and debt securities in which we invest earn interest at, and CLOs in which we typically invest earn interest at, and obtain financing at, a floating rate, which has traditionally been based on LIBOR. After June 30, 2023, all tenors of LIBOR have either ceased to be published or, in the case of 1-month, 3-month and 6-month U.S. dollar LIBOR settings, are no longer being published on a representative basis. As a result, the relevant credit markets have transitioned away from LIBOR to other benchmarks. The primary replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR for loans and CLO debt securities is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which measures the cost of overnight borrowings through repurchase agreement transactions collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. As of January 1, 2022, all new issue CLO securities utilize SOFR as the LIBOR replacement rate.
We will invest in CLOs issued prior to 2022 through the secondary market that may be in the process of transitioning its debt securities or underlying assets away from LIBOR. The ongoing transition away from LIBOR to alternative reference rates is complex and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including as a result of any changes in the pricing of our investments, changes to the documentation for certain of our investments and the pace of such changes, disputes and other actions regarding the interpretation of current and prospective loan documentation or modifications to processes and systems. To the extent that the replacement rate utilized for senior secured loans held by a CLO differs from the rate utilized by the CLO itself, there is a basis risk between the two rates (e.g., SOFR, BSBY or other available rates, which could include the prime rate or the Federal funds rate). This means the CLO could experience an interest rate mismatch between its assets and liabilities, which could have an adverse impact on the cash flows distributed to CLO equity investors as well as our net investment income and portfolio returns until such mismatch is corrected or minimized, which would be expected to occur to the extent that both the underlying senior secured loans and the CLO securities utilize the same rate.
As of the date hereof, certain legacy CLOs and senior secured loans have already transitioned to utilizing SOFR based interest rates whereas not all CLO debt securities have transitioned to such replacement rate. In this period, the CLOs in which we invest may need to renegotiate underlying portfolio company credit agreements extending beyond the discontinuance of LIBOR.
Potential Effects of Alternative Reference Rates. At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority announcement or other regulatory changes or announcements, the establishment of SOFR, SONIA or any other alternative reference rates or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United Kingdom, in the U.S., or elsewhere. If no replacement conventions develop, it is uncertain what effect broadly divergent interest rate calculation methodologies in the markets will have on the price and liquidity of CLO securities and the ability of the collateral manager to effectively mitigate interest rate risks. As such, the potential effect of any such event on our net investment income cannot yet be determined.
Basis Mismatch. Many underlying corporate borrowers can elect to pay interest based on 1-month term SOFR, 3-month term SOFR and/or other rates in respect of the loans held by CLOs in which we invest, in each case plus an applicable spread, whereas CLOs generally pay interest to holders of the CLO’s debt tranches based on 3-month term SOFR plus a spread. The 3-month term SOFR rate currently exceeds the 1-month term SOFR rate, which may result in many underlying corporate borrowers electing to pay interest based on the 1-month term SOFR rate, to the extent that they are entitled to so elect. This mismatch in the rate at which CLOs earn interest and the rate at which they pay interest on their debt securities negatively impacts the cash flows on a CLO’s equity tranche, which may in turn adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. Unless spreads are adjusted to account for these mismatches, the negative impacts may worsen to the extent to which the difference between the 3-month term SOFR rate exceeds the 1-month term SOFR rate increases.
Changing Interest Rate Environment. Changes in interest rates (or the expectation of such changes) may adversely affect the CLO securities that we invest in or increase risks associated with such investments. In 2022 and 2023, the U.S. Federal Reserve increased certain interest rates as part of its efforts to combat rising inflation. The senior secured loans underlying the CLOs in which we invest typically have floating interest rates. Instruments with floating interest rates generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much or as fast as interest rates in general. A rising interest rate environment may increase loan defaults, resulting in losses for the CLOs in which we invest. In addition, increasing interest rates may lead to higher prepayment rates, as corporate borrowers look to avoid escalating interest payments or refinance floating rate loans. Further, a general rise in interest rates will increase the financing costs of the CLOs, and the timing of increases in rates on the CLO debt may occur more quickly than increases on the underlying loan collateral. Conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, these instruments will generally not increase in value and our investment in instruments with floating interest rates may prevent us from taking full advantage of decreasing interest rates in a timely manner. In addition, the income received from such instruments will likely be adversely affected by a decrease in interest rates. In addition, since many of the senior secured loans held by the CLOs have interest rate floors, if the applicable benchmark interest rate is below the applicable interest rate floor, there may not be corresponding increases in investment income, which could result in the CLO not having adequate cash to make interest or other payments on the securities which we hold.
24
Our investments are subject to credit risk.
If CLO securities that we invest in, an underlying loan owned by any such CLO, or any other credit investment in our portfolio declines in price or the obligor fails to pay principal, interest or other return when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial performance or has other credit related issues, our income and NAV may be adversely impacted. With respect to our investments in CLO securities and secured credit investments, there can be no assurance that liquidation of collateral would satisfy the issuer’s or obligor’s debt obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled dividend, interest, or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated or for expected fair market value. In the event of bankruptcy of an issuer or obligor, we could experience delays or limitations with respect to our ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a CLO security or other credit investment. To the extent that the credit rating assigned to a security in our portfolio is downgraded, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. In addition, if a CLO in which we invest triggers an event of default as a result of failing to make payments when due or for other reasons, the CLO would be subject to the possibility of liquidation, typically at the discretion of senior investors, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO junior debt and equity investors. CLO equity tranches are structured to be the first tranche to suffer a loss, which may be a complete loss, in these circumstances.
Our investments are subject to prepayment risk.
Although the Adviser’s valuations and projections take into account certain expected levels of prepayments, the collateral of a CLO may be prepaid more quickly than expected. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in interest rates and a variety of macroeconomic and other factors beyond our control and consequently cannot be accurately predicted. Early prepayments give rise to increased reinvestment risk, as a CLO collateral manager might realize excess cash from prepayments earlier than expected. If a CLO collateral manager is permitted but unable to reinvest such cash in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, this may reduce our net income and the fair value of our related CLO securities.
We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.
We may incur leverage through one or more special purpose vehicles, indebtedness for borrowed money, Derivative Transactions, issuance of preferred stock and debt securities, and other structures and instruments, in significant amounts and on terms that the Adviser and our board of directors deem appropriate, subject to applicable limitations under the 1940 Act. Such leverage may be used for the acquisition and financing of our investments, to pay fees and expenses, and for other purposes. Such leverage may be secured or unsecured. Any such leverage is in addition to leverage embedded or inherent in the CLO structures or derivative instruments in which we may invest.
The more leverage we employ, the more likely a substantial change will occur in our NAV. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent leverage is utilized. For instance, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could also negatively affect our ability to make distributions and other payments to our securityholders. Our expected use of leverage is generally considered to be a speculative investment technique. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. The cumulative effect of the use of leverage with respect to any investments in a market that moves adversely to such investments could result in a substantial loss that would be greater than if our investments were not leveraged.
As a registered closed-end management investment company, we will generally be required to meet certain asset coverage requirements, as defined under the 1940 Act, with respect to any senior securities. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowings or deemed borrowings), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
25
If our asset coverage declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt or redeem shares of preferred stock when it is disadvantageous to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In this instance, we might not be able to make certain distributions or pay dividends of an amount necessary to continue to be subject to tax as a RIC. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.
In addition, any debt facility into which we may enter would likely impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that could hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
The following table is furnished in response to the requirements of the SEC and illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.
Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses) | -10 | % | -5 | % | 0 | % | 5 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||
Corresponding return to common stockholder(1) | -[ ] | % | -[ ] | % | -[ ] | % | [ ] | % | [ ] | % |
(1) | Assumes that we incur leverage in an amount equal to [ ]% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred) and that we issue [ ] shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share (which price is equal to our NAV per share of common stock as of [ ], 2024). |
Based on our assumed leverage described above, our investment portfolio would have been required to experience an annual return of at least [ ]% to cover interest payments on our assumed indebtedness.
Our investments may be highly subordinated and subject to leveraged securities risk.
Our portfolio includes equity investments in CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLOs are typically very highly levered (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), and therefore the equity tranches in which we intend to invest will be subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. We generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers, the collateral manager or other entity that sponsored the CLO. While the CLOs we target generally enable an equity investor to acquire interests in a pool of senior secured loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, we will generally pay a share (with the other holders of the CLO equity) of the CLO’s administrative, management, and other expenses if we make a CLO equity investment. In addition, we may have the option in certain CLOs to contribute additional amounts to the CLO issuer for purposes of acquiring additional assets or curing coverage tests, thereby increasing our overall exposure and capital at risk to such CLO, potentially at a time or in circumstances in which the CLO is under increased economic stress. The fair market value of loans and credit assets held by CLOs may rise or fall (and the prices of the CLO securities may also rise or fall) based on the broader political and economic events that affect issuers of securities, obligors and capital markets generally. The interests we intend to acquire in CLOs will likely be thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. CLO securities are typically privately offered and sold, even in the secondary market. As a result, investments in CLO equity securities are and are expected to remain illiquid.
26
We and our investments are subject to risks associated with investing in high-yield debt and unrated or “junk” bonds.
We invest primarily in securities that are not rated by a national securities rating service. The primary assets underlying our CLO security investments are senior secured loans, although these transactions may allow for limited exposure to other asset classes including unsecured loans and high yield bonds. CLOs generally invest in lower-rated debt instruments that are typically rated below Baa/BBB by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch or other rating agencies. In addition, we may obtain direct exposure to similar financial assets or instruments. Securities that are not rated or are rated lower than Baa by Moody’s or lower than BBB by S&P or Fitch are sometimes referred to as “high yield” debt or “junk” Bonds. High-yield debt securities generally have greater credit and liquidity risk than investment grade obligations. High-yield debt securities and loans may include unsecured obligations or may be subordinated to certain other secured obligations of the issuer or obligor. The lower rating of high-yield debt securities and below-investment grade loans reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer, or in general economic conditions, or both, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal or interest.
The CLO equity securities that we hold and intend to acquire are typically unrated and are therefore considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The collateral of underlying CLOs is also typically higher-yield, sub-investment grade investments. Investing in CLO equity securities and other high-yield investments involves greater credit and liquidity risk than investing in investment grade obligations, which may adversely impact our performance.
A portion of the loans held by CLOs in which we invest may consist of second lien loans. Second lien loans are secured by liens on the collateral securing the loan that are subordinated to the liens of at least one other class of obligations of the related obligor. Thus, the ability of the CLO issuer to exercise remedies after a second lien loan becomes a defaulted obligation is subordinated to, and limited by, the rights of the senior creditors holding such other classes of obligations. In many circumstances, the CLO issuer may be prevented from foreclosing on the collateral securing a second lien loan until the related first lien loan is paid in full. Moreover, any amounts that might be realized as a result of collection efforts or in connection with a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving a second lien loan must generally be turned over to the first lien secured lender until the first lien secured lender has realized the full value of its own claims. In addition, certain of the second lien loans contain provisions requiring the CLO issuer’s interest in the collateral to be released in certain circumstances. These lien and payment obligation subordination provisions may materially and adversely affect the ability of the CLO issuer to realize value from second lien loans and adversely affect the fair value of and income from our investment in the CLO’s securities.
An economic downturn or an increase in interest rates could severely disrupt the market for high-yield debt securities and loans and adversely affect the value of such outstanding securities and the ability of the issuers thereof to repay principal and interest.
Issuers of high-yield debt securities and loans may be highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. The risk associated with acquiring (directly or indirectly) the securities and obligations of such issuers and obligors generally is greater than is the case with highly rated securities and loans. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, issuers of high-yield debt securities and loans may be more likely to experience financial stress, especially if such issuers are highly leveraged. During such periods, timely service of debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific issuer developments, or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of high-yield debt securities and loans because such securities and loans may be unsecured and may be subordinated to obligations owed to other creditors of the issuer of such securities. In addition, the CLO issuer may incur additional expenses to the extent it (or any investment manager) is required to seek recovery upon a default on a high yield bond (or any other debt obligation) or participate in the restructuring of such obligation.
27
Credit ratings are not indicative of asset quality.
Credit ratings of obligations, including mezzanine CLO securities, represent the rating agencies’ opinions regarding the credit quality of those obligations and are not a guarantee of quality. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold assets and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. To the extent a CLO issuer does not comply with its covenants to provide certain information to enable the relevant rating agencies to comply with their regulatory obligations (including under Rule 17g-5 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), the ratings on mezzanine CLO securities may be reduced or withdrawn. In the event that a rating assigned to any assets or mezzanine CLO securities are lowered or withdrawn for any reason, no party is obligated to provide any additional support or credit enhancement with respect to those investments. Rating agencies attempt to evaluate the anticipated payments of interest and principal and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value; therefore, ratings are not intended to fully reflect all of the risks of a rated investment. Reductions or withdrawals of ratings may occur for many reasons and may affect numerous assets at a single time or within a short period of time, with material adverse effects on both underlying assets and mezzanine CLO securities. It is possible that many credit ratings of obligations held by CLOs will be subject to significant or severe adjustments downward as a result of circumstances and events outside of our control.
We are subject to risks associated with loan assignments and participations.
We, or the CLOs in which we invest, may acquire interests in loans either directly (by way of assignment, “Assignments”) or indirectly (by way of a participation interest, or “Participations”). The purchase by Assignment of a loan obligation typically results in the assignee succeeding to all the rights and obligations of the assignor with the assignee becoming a lender under the loan or credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation. In contrast, Participations acquired by us or the CLOs in which we invest represent ownership of a portion of a debt obligation that remains held and owned by the lender (the “Selling Institution”), which typically results in a contractual relationship only with such Selling Institution, and not with the underlying obligor. We or the CLOs in which we invest would have the right to receive payments of principal, interest, and any fees to which we (or the CLOs in which we invest) are entitled under the Participation only from the Selling Institution and only upon receipt by the Selling Institution of such payments from the obligor. In purchasing a Participation, we or the CLOs in which we invest generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the obligor with the terms of the loan or credit agreement or other instrument evidencing such debt obligation, nor any right to pursue remedies, such as rights of setoff against the obligor, and we or the CLOs in which we invest may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation related to the Participation. As a result, we or the CLOs in which we invest would assume the credit risk of both the obligor and the Selling Institution. In the event of the insolvency of the Selling Institution, we or the CLOs in which we invest may be treated as a general creditor of the Selling Institution in respect of the Participation and may not benefit from any setoff or other remedies that the Selling Institution may be able to exercise against the obligor.
The holder of a Participation may not have the right to vote to waive enforcement of any default by an obligor. Selling Institutions commonly reserve the right to administer the debt obligations sold by them as they see fit and to amend the documentation evidencing such debt obligations in all respects. However, most participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans provide that the Selling Institution may not vote in favor of any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) forgives principal, interest, or fees, (2) reduces principal, interest, or fees that are payable, (3) postpones any payment of principal (whether a scheduled payment or a mandatory prepayment), interest, or fees or (4) releases any material guarantee or security in each case without the consent of the participant (or at least to the extent the participant would be affected by any such amendment, modification, or waiver).
A Selling Institution voting in connection with a potential waiver of a default by an obligor may have interests different from ours (or the CLOs in which we invest), and the Selling Institution might not consider our interests in connection with its vote. In addition, many participation agreements with respect to senior secured loans that provide voting rights to the participant further provide that, if the participant does not vote in favor of amendments, modifications, or waivers, the Selling Institution may repurchase the Participation at par.
28
The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.
High-yield investments, including subordinated CLO securities and other collateral held by CLOs in which we invest generally have limited liquidity. As a result, prices of those assets have at times experienced significant and rapid decline when a substantial number of holders (or a few holders of a significantly large “block” of the securities or assets) have sought to sell significant positions. In addition, we (or the CLOs in which we invest) may have difficulty disposing of certain high-yield investments because there may be a thin (or no) trading market for such securities. To the extent that a secondary trading market for non-investment grade high-yield investments does exist, it would not be as liquid as the secondary market for highly rated investments. Reduced secondary market liquidity would have an adverse impact on the fair value of the securities and on our direct or indirect ability to dispose of particular securities in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer of such securities.
As secondary market trading volumes increase, new loans frequently contain standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading that may improve market liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that future levels of supply and demand in loan trading will provide an adequate degree of liquidity or that the current level of liquidity will continue. Because holders of such loans are offered confidential information relating to the borrower, the unique and customized nature of the loan agreement, and the private syndication of the loan, loans are not purchased or sold as easily as publicly traded securities are purchased or sold. Although a secondary market may exist, risks similar to those described above in connection with an investment in high-yield debt investments are also applicable to investments in lower rated loans.
The securities issued by CLOs generally offer less liquidity than other investment grade or high-yield corporate debt and are subject to certain transfer restrictions that impose certain financial and other eligibility requirements on prospective transferees. Other investments that we may purchase in privately negotiated transactions may also be illiquid or subject to legal and contractual restrictions on transfer. As a result of this illiquidity, our ability to sell certain investments quickly, or at all, in response to changes in economic and other conditions and to receive a fair price when selling such investments, may be limited, which could prevent us from making sales to mitigate losses on such investments. In addition, CLOs are subject to the possibility of liquidation upon an event of default, which could result in full loss of value to the CLO equity and junior debt investors. CLO equity tranches are the most likely tranche to suffer significant (possibly total) losses of value in these circumstances.
We are subject to risks associated with defaults on and restructuring of underlying assets held by a CLO, including reductions in interest rates and write down of outstanding principal.
A default and any resulting loss as well as other losses on an underlying asset held by a CLO may reduce the fair value of our corresponding CLO investment. A wide range of factors could adversely affect the ability of the borrower of an underlying asset to make interest or other payments on that asset. To the extent that actual defaults and losses on the collateral of an investment exceed the level of defaults and losses factored into its purchase price, the value of the anticipated return from the investment to the CLO will be reduced. The more deeply subordinated the tranche of CLO securities in which we invest, the greater the risk of loss upon a default. For example, CLO equity is the most subordinated tranche within a CLO and is therefore subject to the greatest risk of loss resulting from defaults on the CLO’s collateral, whether due to bankruptcy or otherwise. Any defaults and losses in excess of expected default rates and loss model inputs will be expected to have a negative impact on the fair value of our investments, will reduce the cashflows that we receive from our investments, adversely affect the fair value of our assets, and could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends. Furthermore, the holders of the equity and junior debt tranches typically have limited rights with respect to decisions made with respect to collateral following an event of default. In some cases, the most senior class of notes can elect to liquidate the collateral even if the expected proceeds are not expected to be able to pay in full all classes of notes. We could experience a complete loss of our investment in such a scenario.
In addition, the collateral of CLOs may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring in the event of a default or liquidation. Any such workout or restructuring could be expected to lead to a substantial reduction in the interest rate of such asset and/or a substantial write-down or write-off of all or a portion the principal of such asset. Any such reduction in interest rates or principal will negatively affect the fair value of our portfolio. The resolution of a workout or restructuring may take substantial time to negotiate and implement and may result in delays in payments expected on CLO securities during a period in which an event of default continues.
29
We are subject to risks associated with CLO warehouse facilities that may be similar to or in addition to the risks associated with investments in CLO securities.
We may invest capital in loan accumulation facilities, which are short- to medium-term facilities (also referred to as “CLO warehouses”) often provided by the bank that will serve as placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and which acquire loans on an interim basis which are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in CLO warehouses have risks similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility (often four to six times the equity investment) and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities employing leverage. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, the CLO warehouse vehicle may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose the Company primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks similar to other CLO securities investments. Furthermore, as an equity investor in CLO warehouses, we likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event we do have any consent rights, they will be limited.
We are subject to risks associated with the bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer of securities or borrower on a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO in which we invest.
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer or borrower of a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO or other vehicle in which we invest, a court or other governmental entity may determine that our claims or those of the relevant CLO are not valid or not entitled to the priority treatment or security interest we expected when making our initial investment decision.
Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to the underlying assets in our investment portfolio. The information in this and the following paragraph represents a brief summary of certain points only, is not intended to be an extensive summary of the relevant issues and is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers and borrowers only. The following is not intended to be a summary of all relevant risks. Similar avoidance provisions to those described below are sometimes available with respect to non-U.S. issuers or borrowers, and there is no assurance that this will be the case which may result in a much greater risk of partial or total loss of value in that underlying asset.
If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were to find that such issuer or borrower did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting such underlying assets and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer or borrower (1) was insolvent; (2) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer or borrower constituted unreasonably small capital; or (3) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could decide to invalidate, in whole or in part, the indebtedness constituting the underlying assets as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the issuer or borrower or to recover amounts previously paid by the issuer or borrower in satisfaction of such indebtedness. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, payments made on such underlying assets could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year under U.S. Federal bankruptcy law or even longer under state laws) before insolvency.
Our underlying assets may be subject to various laws for the protection of debtors in other jurisdictions, including the jurisdiction of incorporation of the issuer or borrower of such underlying assets and, if different, the jurisdiction from which it conducts business and in which it holds assets, any of which may adversely affect such issuer’s or borrower’s ability to make, or a creditor’s ability to enforce, payment in full, on a timely basis or at all. These insolvency considerations will differ depending on the jurisdiction in which an issuer or borrower or the related underlying assets are located and may differ depending on the legal status of the issuer or borrower.
30
We may be exposed to credit and operational risks of transaction counterparties.
We may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for us or the CLOs in which we invest to collect on the obligations represented by investments and result in significant losses. Counterparties broadly encompass all parties in which we enter into transactions, including borrowers, obligors, Selling Institutions, issuers and swap counterparties in respect of synthetic securities and Derivatives Transactions
We may hold investments (including synthetic securities) that would expose us to the credit risk of our counterparties or the counterparties of the CLOs in which it invests. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of such a counterparty, we or a CLO in which such an investment is held could suffer significant losses, including the loss of that part of our or the CLO’s portfolio financed or structured through such a transaction.
We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or Derivative Transactions in which we participate.
We may in the future purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so to hedge against interest rate, credit and/or other risks or for other investment or risk management purposes. We may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. Derivative Transactions may be volatile and involve various risks different from, and in certain cases, greater than the risks presented by other instruments that are consistent with our investment objectives. The primary risks related to Derivative Transactions include counterparty, correlation, illiquidity, leverage, volatility, and OTC trading risks. A small investment in derivatives could have a large potential impact on our performance, creating a form of investment leverage in our portfolio. In certain types of Derivative Transactions, we could lose the entire amount of our investment. In other types of Derivative Transactions, the potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
The following is a more detailed discussion of primary risk considerations related to the use of Derivative Transactions that investors should understand before investing in shares of our common stock.
Counterparty risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that a counterparty in a Derivative Transaction will be unable or unwilling to honor its financial obligation to us, or the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. Certain participants in the derivatives market, including larger financial institutions, have experienced significant financial hardship and deteriorating credit conditions. If our counterparty to a Derivative Transaction experiences a loss of capital, or is perceived to lack adequate capital or access to capital, it may experience margin calls or other regulatory requirements to increase equity. Under such circumstances, the risk that a counterparty will be unable to honor its obligations may increase substantially. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt, we may experience significant delays in obtaining recovery (if at all) under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding; if our claim is unsecured, we will be treated as a general creditor of such prime broker or counterparty and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. We may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivatives, since, generally, a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract, as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing house for performance of financial obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the clearing house, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to us.
Correlation risk. When used for hedging purposes, an imperfect or variable degree of correlation between price movements of the derivative instrument and the underlying investment sought to be hedged may prevent us from achieving the intended hedging effect or expose us to the risk of loss. The imperfect correlation between the value of a derivative and our underlying assets may result in losses on the Derivative Transaction that are greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in our portfolio. The Adviser may not hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge, or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. These factors may have a significant negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of shares of our common stock.
31
Liquidity risk. Derivative Transactions, especially when traded in large amounts, may not be liquid in all circumstances, so that in volatile markets we would not be able to close out a position without incurring a loss. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which we may conduct transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting us to the potential of greater losses.
Leverage risk. Trading in Derivative Transactions can result in significant leverage and risk of loss. Thus, the leverage offered by trading in derivative instruments will magnify the gains and losses we experience and could cause our NAV to be subject to wider fluctuations than would be the case if we did not use the leverage feature in derivative instruments.
Volatility risk. The prices of many derivative instruments, including many options and swaps, are highly volatile. Price movements of options contracts and payments pursuant to swap agreements are influenced by, among other things, interest rates, changing supply and demand relationships, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies of governments, and national and international political and economic events and policies. The value of options and swap agreements also depends upon the price of the securities or currencies underlying them.
OTC trading. Derivative Transactions that may be purchased or sold may include instruments not traded on an organized market. The risk of non-performance by the counterparty to such Derivative Transaction may be greater and the ease with which we can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to such an instrument may be less than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “ask” prices for certain derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. Such instruments are often valued subjectively and may result in mispricings or improper valuations. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties, or a loss of value, or both. In contrast, cleared derivative transactions benefit from daily marked-to-market pricing and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections; however, certain uncleared derivative transactions are subject to minimum margin requirements which may require us and our counterparties to exchange collateral based on daily mark-to-market pricing. OTC trading generally exposes us to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, causing us to suffer a loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where we have concentrated our transactions with a single or small group of counterparties.
We may be subject to risks associated with investments in other investment companies.
We may invest in securities of other investment companies, subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. These limitations include, in certain circumstances, a prohibition against our acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of our total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of our total assets in securities of all investment companies. We may invest in other investment companies in excess of these limits in reliance on Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act. These investments would be subject to the applicable conditions of Rule 12d1-4, which in part could affect or otherwise impose certain limits on the investments and operations of the underlying investment company (notably such investment company’s ability to invest in other investment companies and private funds, which include certain structured finance vehicles).
We will indirectly bear our proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies, in addition to the fees and expenses that we regularly bear. We may only invest in other investment companies to the extent that the asset class exposure in such investment companies is consistent with the permissible asset class exposure for us had we invested directly in securities, and the portfolios of such investment companies are subject to similar risks as we are.
32
We and our investments are subject to prepayment or reinvestment risk.
As part of the ordinary management of its portfolio, a CLO will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales and reinvest those proceeds in substitute assets, subject to compliance with its investment tests and certain other conditions. The earnings with respect to such substitute assets will depend on the quality of reinvestment opportunities available at the time. If the CLO collateral manager causes the CLO to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired (for example, during periods of loan compression or need to satisfy the CLO’s covenants), or sale proceeds are maintained temporarily in cash, it would reduce the excess interest-related cashflow that the CLO collateral manager is able to achieve. The investment tests may incentivize a CLO collateral manager to cause the CLO to buy riskier assets than it otherwise would, which could result in additional losses. These factors could reduce our return on investment and may have a negative effect on the fair value of our assets and the market value of our securities. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which would cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. In addition, in most CLO transactions, CLO debt investors are subject to the risk that the holders of a majority of the equity tranche will direct a call of a CLO, causing such CLO’s outstanding CLO debt securities to be repaid at par earlier than expected and result in a return of capital to us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the called CLO.
We and our investments are subject to risks associated with non-U.S. investing.
While we invest primarily in CLOs that hold underlying assets of U.S. issuers and obligors, these CLO issuers are often organized outside the United States, and we may also invest in CLOs that hold collateral that are non-U.S. assets.
Investing in foreign entities may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, restrictions on the types or amounts of investment, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets, less available information than is generally the case in the U.S., higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers, and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards, currency fluctuations, and greater price volatility. Further, we, and the CLOs in which we invest, may have difficulty enforcing creditor’s rights in foreign jurisdictions.
In addition, international trade tensions may arise from time to time which could result in trade tariffs, embargoes, or other restrictions or limitations on trade. The imposition of any actions on trade could trigger a significant reduction in international trade, supply chain disruptions, an oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods, and possible failure of individual companies or industries which could have a negative impact on the value of the CLO securities that we hold.
Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in periods when our assets are uninvested. Our inability to make intended investments due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause it to miss investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of an investment due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the funds due to subsequent declines in the value of such investment or, if we have entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Transaction costs of buying and selling foreign securities also are generally higher than those involved in domestic transactions. Furthermore, foreign financial markets have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies.
The economies of individual non-U.S. countries may also differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, volatility of currency exchange rates, depreciation, capital reinvestment, resources self-sufficiency, and balance of payments position.
33
Currency Risk. Any of our investments that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars will be subject to the risk that the value of such currency will decrease in relation to the U.S. dollar. Although we will consider hedging any non-U.S. dollar exposures back to U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we make investments would otherwise reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the prices of our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments in their local markets. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates will similarly affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of any interest, dividends, or other payments made that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.
Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution or to make payments on our other obligations.
As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser, the valuation designee for our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of an issuer’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution or to make payments on our other obligations in future periods.
If our distributions exceed our taxable income and capital gains realized during a taxable year, all or a portion of the distributions made in the same taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to our common stockholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable to our stockholders. However, a return of capital distribution will reduce a stockholder’s cost basis in shares of our common stock on which the distribution was received, thereby potentially resulting in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when those shares of our common stock are sold or otherwise disposed of.
A portion of our income and fees may not be qualifying income for purposes of the income source requirement.
Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the qualifying income requirement applicable to RICs. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such requirement, we may need to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities classified as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.
34
Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities
Common stock of closed-end management investment companies frequently trades at discounts to their respective NAVs, and we cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not decline below our NAV per share.
Common stock of closed-end management investment companies frequently trades at discounts to their respective NAVs and our common stock may also be discounted in the market. This characteristic of closed-end management investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per share may decline. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our NAV per share. The risk of loss associated with this characteristic of closed-end management investment companies may be greater for investors expecting to sell common stock purchased in an offering soon after such offering. In addition, if our common stock trades below our NAV per share, we will generally not be able to sell additional common stock to the public at market price except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of the holders of our common stock, (3) upon the conversion of a convertible security in accordance with its terms, or (4) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. See “Description of Our Capital Stock — Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures.”
Our common stock price may be volatile and may decrease substantially.
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you paid to purchase shares of our common stock, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include the following:
● | price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time; |
● | investor demand for shares of our common stock; |
● | significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of registered closed-end management investment companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies; |
● | changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines with respect to RICs or registered closed-end management investment companies; |
● | failure to qualify as a RIC, or the loss of RIC status; |
● | any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts; |
● | changes, or perceived changes, in the value of our portfolio investments; |
● | departures of any members of the Investment Team; |
● | operating performance of companies comparable to us; or |
● | general economic conditions and trends and other external factors. |
35
We and the Adviser could be the target of litigation.
We or the Adviser could become the target of securities class action litigation or other similar claims if our stock price fluctuates significantly or for other reasons. The outcome of any such proceedings could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and/or operating results and could continue without resolution for long periods of time. Any litigation or other similar claims could consume substantial amounts of our management’s time and attention, and that time and attention and the devotion of associated resources could, at times, be disproportionate to the amounts at stake. Litigation and other claims are subject to inherent uncertainties, and a material adverse impact on our financial statements could occur for the period in which the effect of an unfavorable final outcome in litigation or other similar claims becomes probable and reasonably estimable. In addition, we could incur expenses associated with defending ourselves against litigation and other similar claims, and these expenses could be material to our earnings in future periods.
Sales in the public market of substantial amounts of our common stock may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including by selling stockholders, or the availability of such common stock for sale, whether or not actually sold, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so. For a discussion of the adverse effect that the concentration of beneficial ownership may have on the market price of our common stock, see “— Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — Significant stockholders may control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders or adversely impact the market price of our securities.”
Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.
All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time.
Legislative or regulatory tax changes could adversely affect investors.
At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. The Biden Administration has announced a number of tax law proposals, including American Families Plan and Made in America Tax Plan, which include increases in the corporate and individual tax rates, and impose a minimum tax on book income and profits of certain multinational corporations. Any new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us or our shareholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.
36
Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure
We have no prior operating history as a closed-end investment company.
We are a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no prior operating history. As a result, we do not have significant financial information on which you can evaluate an investment in us or our prior performance. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially or become worthless. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately [ ] to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. During this period, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments.
Our investment portfolio is recorded at fair value, with the Adviser having final responsibility determining, in accordance with the 1940 Act, the fair value of our investments. As a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined by us in accordance with the Adviser’s written valuation policy, with the Adviser having final responsibility for determining, in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and guidance thereunder, the fair value of our investments. Typically, there is no public market for the type of investments we target. As a result, we value these securities at least quarterly based on relevant information compiled by the Adviser and third-party pricing services (when available), and with the oversight by our board of directors.
The determination of fair value and, consequently, the amount of unrealized gains and losses in our portfolio, are to a certain degree subjective and dependent on a valuation process approved and overseen by our board of directors. Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include non-binding indicative bids and the number of trades (and the size and timing of each trade) in an investment. Valuation of certain investments is also based, in part, upon third party valuation models that take into account various market inputs. Investors should be aware that the models, information, and/or underlying assumptions utilized by the Adviser or such models will not always allow us to correctly capture the fair value of an asset. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of securities that are not publicly traded like those we hold, are inherently uncertain, they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. Our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active public market for these securities existed. Our determinations of the fair value of our investments have a material impact on our net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments, and may cause our NAV on a given date to understate or overstate, possibly materially, the value that we may ultimately realize on one or more of our investments. See “Conflicts of Interest — Valuation.”
Our financial condition and results of operations depend on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital.
Our ability to achieve our investment objectives will depend on the Adviser’s ability to effectively manage and deploy capital, which will depend, in turn, on the Adviser’s ability to identify, evaluate, and monitor, and our ability to acquire, investments that meet our investment criteria.
Accomplishing our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will be largely a function of the Adviser’s handling of the investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive, and efficient services and our access to investments offering acceptable terms, either in the primary or secondary markets. Even if we are able to grow and build upon our investment operations, any failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The results of our operations will depend on many factors, including the availability of opportunities for investment, readily accessible short and long-term funding alternatives in the financial markets, and economic conditions. Furthermore, if we cannot successfully operate our business or implement our investment policies and strategies as described in this prospectus, it could adversely impact our ability to pay distributions. In addition, because the trading methods employed by the Adviser on our behalf are proprietary, stockholders will not be able to determine details of such methods or whether they are being followed.
37
We are reliant on Sound Point Meridian Management continuing to serve as the Adviser.
The Adviser manages our investments. Consequently, our success depends, in large part, upon the services of the Adviser and the skill and expertise of the Adviser’s professional personnel, in particular, Stephen J. Ketchum and Ujjaval Desai. Incapacity of Stephen J. Ketchum and/or Ujjaval Desai could have a material and adverse effect on our performance. There can be no assurance that the professional personnel of the Adviser will continue to serve in their current positions or continue to be employed by the Adviser. We can offer no assurance that their services will be available for any length of time or that the Adviser will continue indefinitely as our investment adviser.
The Adviser [and the Administrator] each has the right to resign on 90 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
The Adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, [and the Administrator has the right under the Administration Agreement, to resign at any time upon 90 days’ written notice], whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser or the Administrator resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management, or find a new administrator, as the case may be, with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 90 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business, and results of operations, as well as our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and other payments to securityholders, are likely to be adversely affected, and the market price of our securities may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser and the Administrator and their affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management and administration, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objectives and operations would likely result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business, and results of operations.
Our success will depend on the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.
Our growth will require that the Adviser attract and retain new investment and administrative personnel in a competitive market. The Adviser’s ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience, and skills will depend on several factors including its ability to offer competitive compensation, benefits, and professional growth opportunities. Many of the entities, including investment funds (such as private equity funds, mezzanine funds, and business development companies) and traditional financial services companies with which the Adviser will compete for experienced personnel, have greater resources than the Adviser has.
There are significant actual and potential conflicts of interest which could impact our investment returns.
Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. For example, each member of the Investment Team is engaged in other business activities which divert their time and attention. The professional staff of the Adviser will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients, and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser has conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among us, other advisory clients and other business ventures. See “Conflicts of Interest.”
38
Our incentive fee structure may incentivize the Adviser to pursue speculative investments, use leverage when it may be unwise to do so, or refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so.
The incentive fee payable by us to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to pursue investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. The incentive fee payable to the Adviser is based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as calculated in accordance with our Investment Advisory Agreement. This may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments, even when it may not be appropriate to do so, and to refrain from de-levering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our securities. See “— Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us.”
A general increase in interest rates may have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to receive incentive fees, without necessarily resulting in an increase in our net earnings.
Given the structure of our Investment Advisory Agreement, any general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of making it easier for the Adviser to meet the quarterly hurdle rate for payment of income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement without any additional increase in relative performance on the part of the Adviser. This risk is more acute in a rising interest rate environment. In addition, in view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to such a general increase in interest rates. If that were to occur, our increase in net earnings, if any, would likely be significantly smaller than the relative increase in the Adviser’s income incentive fee resulting from such a general increase in interest rates.
We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss or with respect to investment income that we have accrued but not received.
The Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter based, in part, on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter above a performance threshold for that quarter. Accordingly, since the performance threshold is based on a percentage of our NAV, decreases in our NAV make it easier to achieve the performance threshold. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses or depreciation that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses or depreciation result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. In addition, we accrue an incentive fee on accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. However, the portion of the incentive fee that is attributable to such income will be paid to the Adviser, without interest, only if and to the extent we actually receive such income in cash.
The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser does not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under the agreement, and it is not responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow the Adviser’s advice or recommendations. The Adviser maintains a contractual and fiduciary relationship with us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, its officers, managers, members, agents, employees, and other affiliates are not liable to us for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser and each of its officers, managers, members, agents, employees, and other affiliates from and against all damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and other amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by such persons arising out of or based on performance by the Adviser of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
39
The Adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by other portfolios managed by the Investment Team.
Although the Investment Team manages other investment portfolios, including accounts using investment objectives, investment strategies, and investment policies similar to ours, we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve the results realized by any other vehicles managed by the Investment Team.
We may experience fluctuations in our NAV and quarterly operating results.
We could experience fluctuations in our NAV from month to month and in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the timing of distributions to our stockholders, fluctuations in the value of the CLO securities that we hold, our ability or inability to make investments that meet our investment criteria, the interest and other income earned on our investments, the level of our expenses (including the interest or dividend rate payable on the debt securities or preferred stock we may issue), variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, our NAV and results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of our NAV and results in future periods.
Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.
Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria, and strategies, other than those that we have deemed to be fundamental, without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria, and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results, and value of our securities. However, the effects of any such changes could adversely impact our ability to pay dividends and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
Our management’s initial estimates of certain metrics relating to our financial performance for a period are subject to revision based on our actual results for such period.
Our management intends to make and publish unaudited estimates of certain metrics indicative of our financial performance, including the NAV per share of our common stock and the range of NAV per share of our common stock on a monthly basis, and the range of the net investment income and realized gain/loss per share of our common stock on a quarterly basis. While any such estimate will be made in good faith based on our most recently available records as of the date of the estimate, such estimates are subject to financial closing procedures, our board of directors’ final determination of our NAV as of the end of the applicable quarter, and other developments arising between the time such estimate is made and the time that we finalize our quarterly financial results, and may differ materially from the results reported in the audited financial statements and/or the unaudited financial statements included in filings we make with the SEC. As a result, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any management estimates presented in this prospectus or any related amendment to this prospectus and should view such information in the context of our full quarterly or annual results when such results are available.
We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to maintain our RIC status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Although we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code beginning with our tax year ending [September 30, 2024], and intend to qualify as a RIC in each of our succeeding tax years, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet certain annual distribution, income source, and asset diversification requirements.
The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute dividends to our stockholders each tax year of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we use debt financing, we are subject to certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act and may be subject to financial covenants that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
40
The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each tax year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of our securities, or similar sources.
The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset composition requirements at the end of each quarter of our tax year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments are expected to be in CLO securities for which there will likely be no active public market, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.
If we fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
For federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount or market discount, which may arise if we acquire a debt security at a significant discount to par, or payment-in-kind interest, which represents contractual interest added to the principal amount of a debt security and due at the maturity of the debt security. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we have not yet, and may not ever, receive in cash. Our investments in payment-in-kind interest may represent a higher credit risk than loans for which interest must be paid in full in cash on a regular basis. For example, even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the issuer of the security could still default when our actual collection is scheduled to occur upon maturity of the obligation.
Since, in certain cases, we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. In addition, since our incentive fee is payable on our income recognized, rather than cash received, we may be required to pay advisory fees on income before or without receiving cash representing such income. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forego new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
Our cash distributions to stockholders may change and a portion of our distributions to stockholders may be a return of capital.
The amount of our cash distributions may increase or decrease at the discretion of our board of directors, based upon its assessment of the amount of cash available to us for this purpose and other factors. Unless we are able to generate sufficient cash through the successful implementation of our investment strategy, we may not be able to sustain a given level of distributions. Further, to the extent that the portion of the cash generated from our investments that is recorded as interest income for financial reporting purposes is less than the amount of our distributions, all or a portion of one or more of our future distributions, if declared, may comprise a return of capital, which would reduce a stockholder’s basis in shares of our common stock. Accordingly, stockholders should not assume that the sole source of any of our distributions is net investment income. Any reduction in the amount of our distributions would reduce the amount of cash received by our stockholders and could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares. See “— Risks Related to Our Investments — Our investments are subject to prepayment risk” and “— Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution or to make payments on our other obligations.”
Our stockholders may receive shares of our common stock as distributions, which could result in adverse tax consequences to them.
In order to satisfy certain annual distribution requirements to maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we may declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock instead of in cash even if a stockholder has opted out of participation in the DRIP. As long as at least 20% of such distribution is paid in cash and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a stockholder generally would be subject to tax on 100% of the fair market value of the distribution on the date the distribution is received by the stockholder in the same manner as a cash distribution, even though most of the distribution was paid in shares of our common stock.
41
We will incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.
Once listed on a national securities exchange, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the SEC.
Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our ordinary income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we may need additional capital to finance the acquisition of new investments and such capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.
In order to maintain our RIC status once we qualify, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments, and we will need additional capital to fund growth in our investment portfolio. If we fail to obtain additional capital, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities, which could adversely affect our business, operations, and results. Even if available, if we are not able to obtain such capital on favorable terms, it could adversely affect our net investment income.
A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair our ability to raise capital and negatively affect our business.
We may be materially affected by market, economic, and political conditions globally and in the jurisdictions and sectors in which we invest or operate, including conditions affecting interest rates and the availability of credit. Unexpected volatility, illiquidity, governmental action, currency devaluation, or other events in the global markets in which we directly or indirectly hold positions could impair our ability to carry out our business and could cause us to incur substantial losses. These factors are outside our control and could adversely affect the liquidity and value of our investments, and may reduce our ability to make attractive new investments.
In particular, economic and financial market conditions significantly deteriorated for a significant part of the past decade as compared to prior periods. Global financial markets experienced considerable declines in the valuations of debt and equity securities, an acute contraction in the availability of credit and the failure of a number of leading financial institutions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide, including the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Federal Reserve, undertook unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. Although certain financial markets have improved, to the extent economic conditions experienced during the past decade recur, they may adversely impact our investments. Signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe and elsewhere and uncertainty regarding the policies of the current U.S. presidential administration, including with regard to the imposition of trade tariffs, embargoes, or other restrictions or limitations on trade, could lead to further disruption in the global markets. Trends and historical events do not imply, forecast or predict future events, and past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. There can be no assurance that the assumptions made or the beliefs and expectations currently held by the Adviser will prove correct, and actual events and circumstances may vary significantly.
We may be subject to risk arising from a default by one of several large institutions that are dependent on one another to meet their liquidity or operational needs, so that a default by one institution may cause a series of defaults by the other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries with which we interact in the conduct of our business.
We also may be subject to risk arising from a broad sell off or other shift in the credit markets, which may adversely impact our income and NAV. In addition, if the value of our assets declines substantially, we may fail to maintain the minimum asset coverage imposed upon us by the 1940 Act. See “— Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us” and “Regulation as a Closed-End Management Investment Company.” Any such failure would affect our ability to issue preferred stock and other senior securities, including borrowings, and may affect our ability to pay distributions on our capital stock, which could materially impair our business operations. Our liquidity could be impaired further by an inability to access the capital markets or to obtain debt financing. For example, we cannot be certain that we would be able to obtain debt financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. See “— If we are unable to obtain, and/or refinance debt capital, our business could be materially adversely affected.” In previous market cycles, many lenders and institutional investors have previously reduced or ceased lending to borrowers. In the event of such type of market turmoil and tightening of credit, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity could occur, thereby limiting our investment opportunities.
Moreover, we are unable to predict when economic and market conditions may be favorable in future periods. Even if market conditions are broadly favorable over the long term, adverse conditions in particular sectors of the financial markets could adversely impact our business.
42
If we are unable to obtain and/or refinance debt capital, our business could be materially adversely affected.
We currently anticipate obtaining debt financing within [ ] of this offering in order to obtain funds to make additional investments and grow our portfolio of investments. See “— Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our ordinary income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we may need additional capital to finance the acquisition of new investments and such capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.” Such debt capital may take the form of a term credit facility with a fixed maturity date or other fixed term instruments, and we may be unable to extend, refinance, or replace such debt financings prior to their maturity.
If we are unable to obtain or refinance debt capital on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity will be lower than it would have been with the benefit of such financings, which would limit our ability to grow our business. In addition, holders of our common stock would not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity that incurring leverage creates. Any such limitations on our ability to grow and take advantage of leverage may decrease our earnings, if any, and distributions to stockholders, which in turn may lower the trading price of our common stock. In addition, in such event, we may need to liquidate certain of our investments, which may be difficult to sell if required, meaning that we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments. Furthermore, to the extent we are not able to raise capital and are at or near our targeted leverage ratios, we may receive smaller allocations, if any, on new investment opportunities under the Adviser’s allocation policy.
Debt capital that is available to us in the future, if any, including upon the refinancing of then-existing debt prior to its maturity, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than costs and other terms and conditions at which we can currently obtain debt capital. In addition, if we are unable to repay amounts outstanding under any such debt financings and are declared in default or are unable to renew or refinance these debt financings, we may not be able to make new investments or operate our business in the normal course. These situations may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as lack of access to the credit markets, a severe decline in the value of the U.S. dollar, an economic downturn, or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, and could materially damage our business.
We may be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political, or regulatory occurrence.
We are classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, we can invest a greater portion of our assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. We may therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. In particular, because our portfolio of investments may lack diversification among CLO securities and related investments, we are susceptible to a risk of significant loss if one or more of these CLO securities and related investments experience a high level of defaults on the collateral that they hold.
Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.
Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a registered closed-end management investment company, to issue senior securities (including debt securities, preferred stock and/or borrowings from banks or other financial institutions), provided we meet certain asset coverage requirements (i.e., 300% for senior securities representing indebtedness and 200% in the case of the issuance of preferred stock under current law). See “— Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and will increase the risk of investing in us” for details concerning how asset coverage is calculated. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales or redemptions may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service or repay our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our stockholders.
We are not generally able to issue and sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). We may, however, sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders, (3) upon the conversion of a convertible security in accordance with its terms, or (4) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit.
43
Significant stockholders may control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders or adversely impact the market price or liquidity of our securities.
To the extent any stockholder, individually or acting together with other stockholders, controls a significant number of our voting securities or any class of voting securities, they may have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and may cause actions to be taken that you may not agree with or that are not in your interests or those of other securityholders.
This concentration of beneficial ownership also might harm the market price of our securities by:
● | delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control; |
● | impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving us; or |
● | discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. |
To the extent that any stockholder that holds a significant number of our securities is subject to temporary restrictions on resale of such securities, including certain lock-up restrictions, such restrictions could adversely affect the liquidity of trading in our securities, which may harm the market price of our securities. See “Underwriting.”
We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest.
Legal and regulatory changes. Legal and regulatory changes could occur and may adversely affect us and our ability to pursue our investment strategies and/or increase the costs of implementing such strategies. New or revised laws or regulations that could adversely affect us may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the “CFTC,” the SEC, the U.S. Federal Reserve, other banking regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities, or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. Such changes, or uncertainty regarding any such changes, could adversely affect the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of the Investment Team to other types of investments in which the Investment Team may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.
Derivative Investments. The derivative investments in which we may invest are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. In particular, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “Dodd-Frank Act,” requires certain standardized derivatives to be executed on a regulated market and cleared through a central counterparty, which may result in increased margin requirements and costs for us. The Dodd-Frank Act also established minimum margin requirements on certain uncleared derivatives which may result in us and our counterparties posting higher margin amounts for uncleared derivatives. In addition, we have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” pursuant to CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38 issued by the staff of the CFTC Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight on November 20, 2012. For us to continue to qualify for this exclusion, (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish our positions in derivative instruments subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, or the “CEA,” and (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed five percent of our liquidation value, (ii) the net notional value of our aggregate investments in CEA-regulated derivative instruments (other than positions entered into for hedging purposes) may not exceed 100% of our liquidation value, or (iii) we must meet an alternative test appropriate for a “fund of funds” as set forth in CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38. In the event we fail to qualify for the exclusion and the Adviser is required to register as a “commodity pool operator” in connection with serving as our investment
44
adviser and becomes subject to additional disclosure, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, our expenses may increase. In October 2020, the SEC adopted Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act related to the use of derivatives, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and certain other transactions by registered investment companies. Rule 18f-4 in effect rescinds and withdraws the guidance of the SEC and its staff regarding asset segregation and cover practices with respect to such transactions. Rule 18f-4 permits us to enter into derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations, including short sales, notwithstanding the senior security provisions of the 1940 Act if we comply with certain value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limits and derivatives risk management program and board oversight and reporting requirements or comply with a “limited derivatives users” exception. We intend to elect to rely on the limited derivatives users exception. We may change the election and comply with the other provisions of Rule 18f-4 related to derivatives transactions at any time and without notice. To satisfy the limited derivatives users exception, we have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage our derivatives risk and limit our derivatives exposure in accordance with Rule 18f-4. Rule 18f-4 also permits us to enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions notwithstanding the senior security provisions of the 1940 Act if we aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with our reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating our asset coverage ratios as discussed above or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under Rule 18f-4. In connection with our intention to elect to rely on Rule 18f-4, we will not rely on the previous guidance of the SEC and its staff regarding asset segregation and cover practices in determining how we will comply with Section 18 with respect to our use of derivatives and the other transactions that Rule 18f-4 addresses.
Loan Securitizations. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” generally prohibits, subject to certain exemptions, covered banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading or sponsoring, or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in, a hedge fund or private equity fund, or “covered funds,” which have been broadly defined in a way which could include many CLOs. Given the limitations on banking entities investing in CLOs that are covered funds, the Volcker Rule may adversely affect the market value or liquidity of any or all of the investments held by us. Although the Volcker Rule and the implementing rules exempt “loan securitizations” from the definition of covered fund, not all CLOs will qualify for this exemption. For example, CLOs that invest in bonds as well as loans will be treated as covered funds. Accordingly, in an effort to qualify for the “loan securitization” exemption, many current CLOs have amended their transaction documents to restrict the ability of the issuer to acquire bonds and certain other securities, which may reduce the return available to holders of CLO equity securities. Furthermore, the costs associated with such amendments are typically paid out of the cash flow of the CLO, which adversely impacts the return on our investment in any CLO equity. In addition, in order to avoid covered fund status under the Volcker Rule, it is likely that many future CLOs will contain similar restrictions on the acquisition of bonds and certain other securities, which may result in lower returns on CLO equity securities than currently anticipated.
In June 2020, the five federal agencies responsible for implementing the Volcker Rule adopted amendments to the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations, including changes relevant to the treatment of securitizations (the “Volcker Changes”). Among other things, the Volcker Changes ease certain aspects of the “loan securitization” exclusion, and create additional exclusions from the “covered fund” definition, and narrow the definition of “ownership interest” to exclude certain “senior debt interests”. Also, under the Volcker Changes, a debt interest would no longer be considered an “ownership interest” solely because the holder has the right to remove or replace the manager following a cause-related default. The Volcker Changes were effective October 1, 2020. It is currently unclear how, or if, the Volcker Changes will affect the CLO securities in which the Company invests.
Also, in October 2014, six federal agencies (the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the SEC, the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) adopted joint final rules implementing certain credit risk retention requirements contemplated in Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act, or the “Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules.” These rules were published in the Federal Register on December 24, 2014. With respect to the regulation of CLOs, the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules require that the “sponsor” or a “majority owned affiliate” thereof (in each case as defined in the rules), will retain an “eligible vertical interest” or an “eligible horizontal interest” (in each case as defined therein) or any combination thereof in the CLO in the manner required by the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules.
45
The Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules became fully effective on December 24, 2016, or the “Final U.S. Risk Retention Effective Date,” and to the extent applicable to CLOs, the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules contain provisions that may adversely affect the return of our investments. On February 9, 2018, a three judge panel of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, or the “DC Circuit Court,” rendered a decision in The Loan Syndications and Trading Association v. Securities and Exchange Commission and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, No. 1:16-cv-0065, in which the DC Circuit Court held that open market CLO collateral managers are not “securitizers” subject to the requirements of the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules, or the “DC Circuit Ruling.” Thus, collateral managers of open market CLOs are no longer required to comply with the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules at this time. As such, it is possible that some collateral managers of open market CLOs will decide to dispose of the notes (or cause their majority owned affiliates to dispose of the notes) constituting the “eligible vertical interest” or “eligible horizontal interest” they were previously required to retain, or decide take other action with respect to such notes that is not otherwise prohibited by the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules. To the extent either the underlying collateral manager or its majority-owned affiliate divests itself of such notes, this will reduce the degree to which the relevant collateral manager’s incentives are aligned with those of the noteholders of the CLO (which may include us as a CLO noteholder), and could influence the way in which the relevant collateral manager manages the CLO assets and/or makes other decisions under the transaction documents related to the CLO in a manner that is adverse to us.
There can be no assurance or representation that any of the transactions, structures or arrangements currently under consideration by or currently used by CLO market participants will comply with the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules to the extent such rules are reinstated or otherwise become applicable to open market CLOs. The ultimate impact of the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules on the loan securitization market and the leveraged loan market generally remains uncertain, and any negative impact on secondary market liquidity for securities comprising a CLO may be experienced due to the effects of the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules on market expectations or uncertainty, the relative appeal of other investments not impacted by the Final U.S. Risk Retention Rules and other factors.
In the European Union, there has also been an increase in political and regulatory scrutiny of the securitization industry. Regulation EU 2017/2402 of the European Parliament and the Council of 12 December 2017 laying down a general framework for securitization and creating a specific framework for simple, transparent and standardized securitization (as may be amended from time to time and including any delegated or implementing legislation with respect thereto, the “Securitization Regulation”) became effective on January 17, 2018 and applies to all new securitizations issued on or after January 1, 2019. The Securitization Regulation repealed and replaced the prior EU risk retention requirements with a single regime that applies to European credit institutions, investment firms, insurance and reinsurance companies, alternative investment fund managers that manage and/or market their alternative investment funds in the EU, undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities regulated pursuant to EU Directive 2009/65/EC and the management companies thereof and, subject to some exceptions, institutions for occupational pension provision (IORPs), each as set out in the Securitization Regulation (such investors, “EU Affected Investors”). Such EU Affected Investors may be subject to punitive capital requirements and/or other regulatory penalties with respect to investments in securitizations that fail to comply with the Securitization Regulation.
The Securitization Regulation restricts an EU Affected Investor from investing in securitizations unless, among other things: (a)(i) the originator, sponsor or original lender with respect to the relevant securitization will retain, on an on-going basis, a net economic interest of not less than 5% with respect to certain specified credit risk tranches or securitized exposures and (ii) the risk retention is disclosed to the investor in accordance with the Securitization Regulation; and (b) such investor is able to demonstrate that it has undertaken certain due diligence with respect to various matters, including the risk characteristics of its investment position and the underlying assets, and that procedures are established for such activities to be monitored on an on-going basis. There are material differences between the Securitization Regulation and the prior EU risk retention requirements, particularly with respect to transaction transparency, reporting and diligence requirements and the imposition of a direct compliance obligation on the “sponsor”, “originator” or “original lender” of a securitization where such entity is established in the EU.
46
CLOs issued in Europe are generally structured in compliance with the Securitization Regulation so that prospective investors subject to the Securitization laws can invest in compliance with such requirements. To the extent a CLO is structured in compliance with the EU Securitization laws, our ability to invest in the residual tranches of such CLOs could be limited, or we could be required to hold our investment for the life of the CLO. If a CLO has not been structured to comply with the Securitization Regulation, it will limit the ability of EEA-regulated institutional investors to purchase CLO securities, which may adversely affect the price and liquidity of the securities (including the residual tranche) in the secondary market. Additionally, the Securitization Regulation and any regulatory uncertainty in relation thereto may reduce the issuance of new CLOs and reduce the liquidity provided by CLOs to the leveraged loan market generally. Reduced liquidity in the loan market could reduce investment opportunities for collateral managers, which could negatively affect the return of our investments. Any reduction in the volume and liquidity provided by CLOs to the leveraged loan market could also reduce opportunities to redeem or refinance the securities comprising a CLO in an optional redemption or refinancing and could negatively affect the ability of obligors to refinance of their collateral obligations, either of which developments could increase defaulted obligations above historic levels.
The Japanese Financial Services Agency (the “JFSA”) published a risk retention rule as part of the regulatory capital regulation of certain categories of Japanese investors seeking to invest in securitization transactions (the “JRR Rule”). The JRR Rule mandates an “indirect” compliance requirement, meaning that certain categories of Japanese investors will be required to apply higher risk weighting to securitization exposures they hold unless the relevant originator commits to hold a retention interest equal to at least 5% of the exposure of the total underlying assets in the transaction (the “Japanese Retention Requirement”) or such investors determine that the underlying assets were not “inappropriately originated.” The Japanese investors to which the JRR Rule applies include banks, bank holding companies, credit unions (shinyo kinko), credit cooperatives (shinyo kumiai), labor credit unions (rodo kinko), agricultural credit cooperatives (nogyo kyodo kumiai), ultimate parent companies of large securities companies and certain other financial institutions regulated in Japan (such investors, “Japanese Affected Investors”). Such Japanese Affected Investors may be subject to punitive capital requirements and/or other regulatory penalties with respect to investments in securitizations that fail to comply with the Japanese Retention Requirement.
The JRR Rule became effective on March 31, 2019. At this time, there are a number of unresolved questions and no established line of authority, precedent or market practice that provides definitive guidance with respect to the JRR Rule, and no assurances can be made as to the content, impact or interpretation of the JRR Rule. In particular, the basis for the determination of whether an asset is “inappropriately originated” remains unclear and, therefore, unless the JFSA provides further specific clarification, it is possible that CLO securities we have purchased may contain assets deemed to be “inappropriately originated” and, as a result, may not be exempt from the Japanese Retention Requirement. The JRR Rule or other similar requirements may deter Japanese Affected Investors from purchasing CLO securities, which may limit the liquidity of CLO securities and, in turn, adversely affect the price of such CLO securities in the secondary market. Whether and to what extent the JFSA may provide further clarification or interpretation as to the JRR Rule is unknown.
The SEC staff could modify its position on certain non-traditional investments, including investments in CLO securities.
The staff of the SEC from time to time has undertaken a broad review of the potential risks associated with different asset management activities, focusing on, among other things, liquidity risk and leverage risk. The staff of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC has, in correspondence with registered management investment companies, previously raised questions about the level of, and special risks associated with, investments in CLO securities. While it is not possible to predict what conclusions, if any, the staff may reach in these areas, or what recommendations, if any, the staff might make to the SEC, the imposition of limitations on investments by registered management investment companies in CLO securities could adversely impact our ability to implement our investment strategy and/or our ability to raise capital through public offerings, or could cause us to take certain actions that may result in an adverse impact on our stockholders, our financial condition, and/or our results of operations. We are unable at this time to assess the likelihood or timing of any such regulatory development.
47
General Risk Factors
Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our securities.
The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the “DGCL,” contains provisions that may discourage, delay, or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. If our board of directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.
We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including the Control Share Provisions (as defined below), provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our capital stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, in certain instances. These provisions, including the Control Share Provisions as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer, or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our securityholders. See “Description of Our Capital Stock — Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”
Our bylaws provide that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees, or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought in the Court of Chancery or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.
Our bylaws provide that, except for any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising under the federal securities laws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any director or officer or other agent of the Company to the Company or to the stockholders of the Company, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any Director or officer or other agent of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any Director or officer or other agent of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Our bylaws also provide that any claims, suits, actions, or proceedings arising under federal securities laws shall be exclusively brought in the federal district counts of the United States of America.
This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable or convenient for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.
48
Terrorist actions, natural disasters, outbreaks or pandemics may disrupt the market and impact our operations.
Global economies and financial markets are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions and events in one country, region, or financial market may adversely impact issuers in a different country, region, or financial market. Terrorist acts, acts of war, natural disasters, outbreaks, or pandemics may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. For example, many countries have experienced outbreaks of infectious illnesses in recent decades, including swine flu, avian influenza, SARS, and COVID-19. To the extent the Company’s underlying investments are overweight in certain countries, regions, companies, industries, or market sectors, such positions will increase the risk of loss from adverse developments affecting those countries, regions, companies, industries or sectors.
To date, certain of the CLOs in which we invest have experienced increased defaults by underlying borrowers. Obligor defaults and rating agency downgrades have caused, and may continue to cause, payments that would have otherwise been made to the CLO equity or CLO debt securities that the Company holds to instead be diverted to buy additional loans within a given CLO or paid to senior CLO debt holders as an early amortization payment. In addition, defaults and downgrades of underlying obligors have caused, and may continue to cause, a decline in the value of CLO securities generally. If CLO cashflows or income decreases as a result of the pandemic, the portion of our distribution composed of a return of capital could increase or distributions could be reduced.
In addition, future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may adversely impact the businesses in which we invest either directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.
We are subject to risks related to cybersecurity and other disruptions to information systems.
We are highly dependent on the communications and information systems of the Adviser, the Administrator, and their affiliates as well as certain other third-party service providers. We, and our service providers, are susceptible to operational and information security risks. While we, the Adviser, and the Administrator have procedures in place with respect to information security, technologies may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized gathering, monitoring, release, misuse, loss, or destruction of our and/or our stockholders’ confidential and other information, or otherwise disrupt our operations or those of our service providers. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems and cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems, or devices that we and our service providers use to service our operations, or disruption or failures in the movement of information between service providers, could disrupt and impact the service providers’ and our operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of our stockholders to transact business and of us to process transactions, inability to calculate our NAV, misstated or unreliable financial data, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, litigation costs, increased insurance premiums, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Our service providers’ policies and procedures with respect to information security have been established to seek to identify and mitigate the types of risk to which we and our service providers are subject. As with any risk management system, there are inherent limitations to these policies and procedures as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that have not been anticipated or identified. There can be no assurance that we or our service providers will not suffer losses relating to information security breaches (including cyber attacks) or other disruptions to information systems in the future.
49
The net proceeds to us of this offering are expected to be approximately $[ ] (or approximately $[ ] if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). The Adviser or its affiliates will pay the full amount of the sales load in connection with this public offering, which is estimated to be $[ ] (or approximately $[ ] if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). Because the sales load is paid solely by the Adviser or its affiliates (and not by us), the net proceeds to us from this offering are not reduced by such amounts.
We intend to use the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus to acquire investments in accordance with our investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus and for general working capital purposes. We cannot estimate the approximate amount intended to be used for each of these purposes. Such amounts will depend on our cashflow needs after the closing of the offering, market conditions, and other factors. We currently anticipate that it will take approximately [ ] to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in our targeted investments, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace, which may negatively impact our returns. Until appropriate investments or other uses can be found, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will have returns substantially lower than the returns that we anticipate earning from investments in CLO securities and related investments. Investors should expect, therefore, that before we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, assets invested in these instruments would earn interest income at a modest rate, which may not exceed our expenses during this period.
50
The following table sets forth our capitalization as follows:
Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP |
Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. |
|||||||||||
12/31/2023 | Pro Forma as adjusted for conversion |
Pro
Forma as adjusted for conversion and to give effect to offering(1) |
||||||||||
Assets: | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||||||
Investments at fair value | ||||||||||||
Total Assets | ||||||||||||
Liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Other Liabilities | ||||||||||||
Member’s Equity | ||||||||||||
Total member’s equity | ||||||||||||
Stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share [ ] shares authorized, actual; [ ] shares issued and outstanding, actual [ ] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted | ||||||||||||
Capital in excess of par | ||||||||||||
Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||
NAV per share |
Pro Forma Dilution
Our NAV as of [ ], 2024 was $[ ], or $[ ] per share of common stock. After giving effect to the assumed sale of [ ] shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share of common stock (which price is equal to our NAV per share of common stock as of [ ], 2024), our as-adjusted NAV on such a pro forma basis would be approximately $[ ], or approximately $[ ] per share of our common stock, representing an immediate decrease in NAV of $[ ] per share sold in this offering on a pro forma basis.
The following table illustrates the dilution to our common stock on a per share basis, taking into account the assumptions set forth above:
Assumed offering price per share of common stock | $ | [ ] | ||
As-adjusted pro forma NAV per share of common stock after giving effect to this offering | $ | [ ] | ||
Pro forma dilution to holders of our common stock | $ | [ ] |
51
The Company is a newly organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.
Our Structure and Formation Transactions
We were organized as Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on May 13, 2022. Effective March 13, 2024, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation under the name Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. Our sole member, Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, or our “Sole Member,” owns 100% of our common stock. The Sole Member maintains an investment objective, strategies and investment policies, guidelines and restrictions that are, in all material respects, equivalent to those of us. On or around the time of the commencement of our operations and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our Sole Member intends to transfer all its assets and other portfolio securities and liabilities into us (the “Initial Portfolio Transaction”) in exchange for shares of our common stock, which shares will then be distributed by the Sole Member to its limited partners in liquidation of the Sole Member. The shares of common stock acquired by our Sole Member will be subject to certain lock-up restrictions. See “Underwriting.” The assets and other portfolio securities held by our Sole Member are comprised of certain equity and mezzanine tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities.
Our primary investment objective is to generate high current income, with a secondary objective to generate capital appreciation. We seek to achieve our investment objectives by investing primarily in third party CLO equity and mezzanine tranches of predominately U.S.-dollar denominated CLOs backed by corporate leveraged loans issued primarily to U.S. obligors. This investment strategy looks to opportunistically shift between the primary and secondary CLO markets, seeking to identify the most compelling relative value. Our focus is on the primary CLO market (i.e., acquiring securities at the inception of a CLO) when the discrepancy between the value of a CLO’s assets and liabilities is believed to present an attractive investment opportunity. We will opportunistically switch to the secondary market (i.e., acquiring existing CLO securities) during times of market volatility or when we identify attractive investment opportunities. The Adviser aims to identify top-tier CLO managers with proven track records of outperformance through increasing the value of the loans held by the CLO, generation of high equity distributions and active portfolio management. Additionally, the strategy is focused on CLOs with attractive structures which include flexibility for the CLO manager, strong cushions on covenants and cashflow ratios, terms that are favorable to the holders of CLO equity securities and reinvestment periods that are consistent with the Adviser’s current market views.
We may also invest in other securities and instruments that the Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including among other investments, junior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. The amount that we will invest in other securities and instruments will vary from time to time and, as such, may constitute a material part of our portfolio on any given date, based on the Adviser’s assessment of prevailing market conditions. The CLO securities in which we primarily seek to invest are typically unrated and are considered speculative with respect to timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. The CLO equity securities in which we intend to invest are highly leveraged (with CLO equity securities typically being leveraged nine to 13 times), which magnifies our risk of loss on such investments. Loan accumulation facilities are short- to medium-term facilities, often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction. Loan accumulation facilities typically incur leverage between four and six times prior to a CLO’s pricing.
These investment objectives are not fundamental policies of ours and may be changed by our board of directors without prior approval of our stockholders.
52
Our Competitive Advantages
We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of investment opportunities in CLO securities and related investments due to the following competitive advantages:
● | Fundamental credit analysis. The Investment Team combines its in-house credit views with proprietary analytical tools to assess underlying loans in CLO collateral portfolios. CLO trustees typically provide CLO reporting on a monthly basis, which includes information on the current collateral portfolio (loan size, loan spread, industry) as well as month-over-month portfolio changes through manager trading (purchases and sales) and prepayment activity. The Investment Team’s proprietary tools aggregate trustee-reported data with market data such as current loan pricing and rating information. The Investment Team forms a credit watchlist based on this information, which is then used to analyze collateral risk of existing and potential investments. The Adviser believes this differentiated approach is a crucial competitive advantage, particularly in times of market stress. |
● | Manager selection and due diligence. We utilize the Adviser’s proprietary manager rating system in an effort to select an optimal set of managers with varied investment styles. The CLO market tends to price manager risk inefficiently. Typically deals from larger, established platforms trade tighter than smaller managers, regardless of performance. The Adviser’s manager rating process is intended to identify managers that it believes are likely to outperform, thereby seeking to deliver alpha to investors. |
● | Flexible and disciplined approach. Our investment strategy is tailored to current market opportunities. The Adviser will invest in both the primary and secondary CLO markets based on current relative value. In the primary market, the Adviser believes better economics are achieved through early deal access and investment flexibility in terms of risk and size (majority or minority positions). In the secondary market, the Adviser believes its analysis of collateral risk identifies investments with the most compelling risk/reward profile. The Adviser allocates our portfolio between CLO equity and mezzanine tranches based on the expected return relative to the credit risk of each tranche. The Adviser aims to opportunistically allocate the portfolio across all these elements, as well as rotate our portfolio (through purchases and sales) as investment risks evolve. |
● | Active portfolio management. Risk in CLO tranches evolves as a function of the credit risk in the underlying portfolios, the performance and behavior of the manager and overall macro credit views. The Adviser views the CLO market as generally slow to reprice a change in risk profile of tranches due to data and complexity issues. The Adviser believes active portfolio management can mitigate these risks and improve returns. |
Certain Investment Techniques
Leverage. We may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes, or preferred stock, and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. In contrast to the CLOs in which we will invest, which are typically highly leveraged, the Company itself intends to use relatively limited amounts of leverage (generally expected to consist of borrowing or the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities), in order to optimize the returns to our shareholders. We seek to use appropriate leverage that enhances returns without creating undue risk in the portfolio in the case that the CLO market weakens. Over time, the Adviser may decide that it is appropriate to use more leverage to purchase assets or for other purposes, or to reduce leverage by repaying any outstanding facilities.
We currently anticipate incurring leverage in an amount up to approximately 20% of our total assets (as determined immediately after the leverage is incurred) by entering into a credit facility or through the issuance of preferred stock or debt securities at the time of this offering and within the first twelve months following the completion of this offering. We plan to obtain revolving facilities that will allow us to draw capital in the case that current cash available to pay dividends is lower than our anticipated run-rate cash dividend, or in the case that asset values in the CLO market fall in a way as to make new investments attractive, in which case we may incur leverage in excess of approximately 20% of our total assets. The Adviser would decide whether or not it is beneficial to us to use leverage at any given time. Such facilities would be committed, but subject to certain restrictions that may not allow us to draw capital even if the Adviser deems it favorable to do so. Such facilities, if drawn, would become senior in priority to our common shares. The facilities would also earn an undrawn commitment fee that we would pay on an ongoing basis, regardless of whether we draw on the facilities or not.
53
Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. See “Description of Our Capital Stock — Preferred Stock.”
In connection with any credit facility, the lender may impose specific restrictions as a condition to borrowing. The credit facility fees may include upfront structuring fees and ongoing commitment fees (including fees on amounts undrawn on the facility) in addition to the traditional interest expense on amounts borrowed. The credit facility may involve a lien on our assets. Similarly, to the extent we issue shares of preferred stock or notes, we may be subject to fees, covenants, and investment restrictions required by a national securities rating agency, as a result. Such covenants and restrictions imposed by a rating agency or lender may include asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on us by the 1940 Act. While it is not anticipated that these covenants or restrictions will significantly impede the Adviser in managing our portfolio in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, if these covenants or guidelines are more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, we would not be able to utilize as much leverage as we otherwise could have, which could reduce our investment returns. In addition, we expect that any notes we issue or credit facility we enter into would contain covenants that may impose geographic exposure limitations, credit quality minimums, liquidity minimums, concentration limitations, and currency hedging requirements on us. These covenants would also likely limit our ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change fundamental investment policies, and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations. Such restrictions could cause the Adviser to make different investment decisions than if there were no such restrictions and could limit the ability of the board of directors and our stockholders to change fundamental investment policies.
While we cannot control the market value of our investments, the Adviser can determine to draw on our planned leverage facility to purchase new assets at a time of market dislocation. Such purchases, if made, can mitigate price drops in the current portfolio by making new asset purchases at a discount. Further, such purchases can potentially contribute to a higher increase in net asset value of the portfolio upon a market rebound than if the purchases were not made. Our willingness to utilize leverage, and the amount of leverage we incur, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are investment outlook, market conditions, and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy may depend on our ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. Any leveraging cannot be achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in accordance with our investment objectives and policies. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We may leverage our portfolio, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and increase the risk of investing in us.”
Preferred Stock. We are authorized to issue [ ] shares of preferred stock and we may issue preferred stock within our first twelve months following the completion of this offering. If we issue preferred stock, costs of the offering will be borne immediately at such time by holders of our common stock and result in a reduction of the NAV per share of our common stock at that time. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, we must, immediately after the issuance of any preferred stock, have an “asset coverage” of at least 200%. Asset coverage means the ratio by which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing our indebtedness, if any, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of the preferred stock. If we seek a rating of the preferred stock, additional asset coverage requirements, which may be more restrictive than those imposed by the 1940 Act, may be imposed. See “Description of Our Capital Stock — Preferred Stock.”
54
Derivative Transactions. We may engage in Derivative Transactions from time to time. To the extent we engage in Derivative Transactions, we expect to do so to hedge against interest rate, credit and/or other risks, or for other investment or risk management purposes. We may use Derivative Transactions for investment purposes to the extent consistent with our investment objectives if the Adviser deems it appropriate to do so. We may purchase and sell a variety of derivative instruments, including exchange-listed and OTC options, futures, options on futures, swaps and similar instruments, various interest rate transactions, such as swaps, caps, floors, or collars, and credit default swaps. We also may purchase and sell derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments.
We have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” pursuant to CFTC No-Action Letter 12-38 issued by the staff of the CFTC Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight on November 20, 2012, and we currently intend to operate in a manner that would permit us to continue to claim such exclusion. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — We are subject to the risk of legislative and regulatory changes impacting our business or the markets in which we invest” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Investments — We are subject to risks associated with any hedging or Derivative Transactions in which we participate.”
Illiquid Transactions. Generally, investments will be purchased or sold by us in private markets, including securities that are not publicly traded or that are otherwise illiquid and securities acquired directly from the issuer.
Temporary Defensive Position. We may take a temporary defensive position and invest all or a substantial portion of our total assets in cash or cash equivalents, government securities, or short-term fixed income securities during periods in which we believe that adverse market, economic, political or other conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive position. As the CLOs and loan accumulation facilities in which we invest are generally illiquid in nature, we may not be able to dispose of such investments and take a defensive position. To the extent that we invest defensively, we likely will not achieve our investment objectives.
Co-Investment with Affiliates. In certain instances, we expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by the Adviser and certain of the Adviser’s affiliates and may do so, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and the Adviser’s written allocation procedures. We and the Adviser have submitted an application for exemptive relief to the SEC to permit us and certain of our affiliates to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates, subject to certain conditions. There can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained. A copy of the application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions and the related order, when issued, will be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Competition
We intend to compete for investments in CLO securities with other investment funds (including asset managers, business development companies, mutual funds, pension funds, private equity funds, and hedge funds) as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks, investment banks, finance companies, and insurance companies.
Additionally, because competition for higher-yielding investment opportunities generally has increased, many new investors have entered the CLO market over the past few years. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in CLO securities may intensify. Many of these entities have greater financial and managerial resources than we do. We believe we are able to compete with these entities on the basis of the Investment Team’s deep and highly specialized CLO market experience, the Adviser’s relative size and prominence in the CLO market, and the Investment Team’s longstanding relationships with many CLO collateral managers.
55
THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR
Our board of directors is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our board of directors has appointed the Adviser as our investment adviser.
The Adviser
The Adviser was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on May 11, 2022 and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is majority owned by Sound Point Capital Management, LP (“Sound Point Capital Management”), a registered investment adviser. As of December 31, 2023, Sound Point Capital Management had approximately $45.6 billion of total assets under management for investment in CLO securities, opportunistic credit, structured credit, specialty finance and marketplace lending, commercial real estate credit and other investments.2 Stephen Ketchum holds a controlling interest in the common equity of Sound Point Capital Management. In addition to Mr. Ketchum, certain principals of Stone Point Capital LLC, a private equity firm (“Stone Point”), a third-party permanent capital fund managed by Blue Owl GPSC Advisors LLC (“Blue Owl”), an investment adviser principally owned, through certain intermediary vehicles, by Blue Owl Capital Inc. (NYSE: OWL), and Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“AGUS”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (NYSE: AGO), a limited company organized under the laws of Bermuda, each holds a minority common equity interest in Sound Point Capital Management. Limited partners of Sound Point Capital Management that have contributed, or have the right to receive, 5% or more of Sound Point Capital Management's capital upon its dissolution, include Mr. Ketchum, Blue Owl, AGUS and two senior principals of Stone Point. Sound Point Capital Management's general partner, SPC Partners GP, LLC, is a Delaware limited liability company that is controlled by Mr. Ketchum. The Adviser is located at 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152.
In addition to managing our investments, the Adviser’s affiliates and the members of the Investment Team manage investment accounts for other clients, including pooled investment vehicles. Many of these accounts pursue an investment strategy that substantially or partially overlaps with the strategy that we intend to pursue. See “Conflicts of Interest.”
Portfolio Managers
We are managed by members of the Investment Team. The Investment Team is led by Ujjaval Desai. The Investment Team is responsible for our day-to-day investment management and the implementation of our investment strategy and process.
Each member of the Investment Team is a CLO industry specialist who has been directly involved in the CLO market for the majority of his or her career and has built relationships with key market participants, including CLO collateral managers, investment banks, and investors. We believe that the complementary, yet highly specialized, skill set of each member of the Investment Team, and the established platform consisting of investment management and operations / business management, provides the Adviser with a competitive advantage in its CLO-focused investment strategy.
Biographical information on the CLO Investment Team is set forth below:
Stephen J. Ketchum, Managing Partner/Portfolio Manager/Member of Board of Managers of Sound Point Capital Management. Mr. Ketchum is the founder and principal owner of Sound Point Capital Management. Previously, Mr. Ketchum was Global Head of Media Investment and Corporate Banking for Banc of America Securities (“BofA”), where he was a member of the Global Investment Banking Leadership Team. As Global Head of Media & Telecom Banking, Mr. Ketchum was responsible, together with a risk partner, for a multi-billion-dollar portfolio of corporate loans and bonds, which was used to support investment banking activities. Prior to joining BofA, he was a Managing Director at UBS in the TMT Investment Banking Group. From 1990 to 2000, he was employed in the Investment Banking Department of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, most recently as a Managing Director. Mr. Ketchum is a Vice President of the Board of Trustees of the East Side House Settlement and also sits on the Board of Directors for the New York Police & Fire Widows’ & Children’s Benefit Fund and the Museum of the City of New York. He earned his B.A. from New England College magna cum laude and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
2 | Sound Point Capital Management AUM provided as of 12/31/2023. AUM does not include redemptions received or liquidations that may be in effect after 12/31/2023. AUM does include, where relevant, committed capital to discretionary draw-down vehicles that have not yet been drawn, entities that are not open to new investors and/or are in the process of winding down and represents the closed total commitment of all loans managed by commercial real estate credit as of 12/31/2023, including inherited portfolios managed that were originated by another manager and assets attributable to a non-advisory client. |
56
Ujjaval Desai, Head of Structured Products Investing/Portfolio Manager, Structured Credit Investing. Mr. Desai joined Sound Point Capital Management in 2019 and is currently Head of Structured Products Investing and a Portfolio Manager for the Sound Point Harbor Fund, LP and Sound Point CLO Fund, L.P. The Sound Point Harbor Fund, LP and the Sound Point Harbor Offshore fund, LP are domestic and offshore feeder funds, respectively, in a master-feeder structure with Sound Point Harbor Master Fund, LP. The Sound Point CLO Fund, L.P. and the Sound Point CLO Fund, Ltd. are domestic and offshore feeder funds, respectively, in a master feeder structure with Sound Point CLO Master Fund. Additionally, Mr. Desai serves on numerous committees of Sound Point Capital Management, including: Management, Risk, CLO Risk, Allocation, and ESG. Prior to joining Sound Point Capital Management, Mr. Desai was a Partner at Ares Management, where he was the Head of Global Structured Products & European Liquid Loans and served as a Portfolio Manager for over $6 billion of structured credit funds and CLOs. Prior to his six years at Ares, Mr. Desai was Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Indicus Advisors, a structured credit and leveraged finance asset manager, which was started in 2006 and sold to Ares in 2011. Prior to Indicus Advisors, Mr. Desai was Head of Structured Credit origination and structuring business at J.P. Morgan in London and Goldman Sachs in London and New York. Having started his career in 1996, Mr. Desai has been one of the earliest participants in the CLO markets, with significant origination, structuring and investment expertise. Mr. Desai earned a B.S., M.S., and M.Eng in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Matt Seifert, Co-Portfolio Manager, Structured Products Investing. Mr. Seifert joined Sound Point Capital Management in 2017 and is currently a Co-Portfolio Manager of Structured Products Investing. Additionally, Mr. Seifert serves on the following committees of Sound Point Capital Management: Best Execution, Allocation, Risk, and CLO Risk. Prior to joining Sound Point Capital Management, Mr. Seifert was a Vice President in the CLO Investment Management and Structuring team of the Leveraged Finance Group at American Capital (“ACAS”), where he was responsible for evaluating and executing principal CLO investments for the firm and structuring various ACAS-managed CLOs and funds. Prior to ACAS, Mr. Seifert was with PNC Capital Markets’ Asset Backed Finance group, where he focused on the origination and structuring and investing of broadly syndicated and middle-market CLOs. Mr. Seifert began his career as an aerospace and flight dynamics engineer for the Orbital Sciences Corporation, where he focused on spacecraft mission analysis and design. Mr. Seifert earned a B.S. in Engineering with a concentration in Aerospace Engineering, a M.Eng. in Space Engineering and a M.S.E. in Financial Engineering, all from University of Michigan.
Dylan Leahy, Director, Structured Products Investing. Mr. Leahy joined Sound Point Capital Management in 2019 and is currently a Director on the Structured Products Investing team. Prior to joining Sound Point Capital Management, Mr. Leahy was a CLO Analyst at New York Life Investors (“NYL”), where he was responsible for the structuring and portfolio analysis of NYL-managed CLOs. Prior to NYL, Mr. Leahy was an Associate at Ares Management (and American Capital prior to the merger) for three years, where he focused on the surveillance and valuation of third-party CLO investments. Mr. Leahy began his career as a Consultant at Deloitte. Mr. Leahy earned a B.S. in Finance and Accounting from the University of Maryland.
Compensation of Portfolio Managers. The investment professionals are paid out of the total revenues of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates, including the advisory fees earned with respect to providing advisory services to us. Professional compensation at the Adviser is structured so that key professionals benefit from strong investment performance generated on the accounts that the Adviser and such affiliates manage and from their longevity with the Adviser. Each member of the Investment Team receives long term incentives as well as a fixed base salary and an annual market and performance-based cash bonus. The bonus is based on both quantitative and qualitative analysis of several factors, including the profitability of the Adviser and the contribution of the individual employee. Many of the factors considered by management in reaching its compensation determinations will be impacted by our long-term performance and the value of our assets as well as the portfolios managed for the Adviser’s and such affiliates’ other clients.
Securities Owned in the Company by Portfolio Managers. The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of the shares of our common stock that are expected to be owned beneficially by each portfolio manager immediately after completion of this offering. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.
57
Name of Portfolio Manager | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Company(1)(2) | |||
Stephen J. Ketchum | [ ] | |||
Ujjaval Desai | [ ] | |||
Matt Seifert | [ ] | |||
Dylan Leahy | [ ] |
(1) | Reflects intended ownership in connection with this offering. Dollar ranges are as follows: None; $1 – $10,000; $10,001 – $50,000; $50,001 – $100,000; $100,001 – $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000; or over $1,000,000. |
(2) | An affiliate of the Adviser may invest certain amounts owed to the portfolio managers as deferred compensation in shares of the Company, although such shares will not vest until a future time and thus would not constitute securities owned in the Company until such time when the shares vest. |
Investment Advisory Agreement.
Services. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory and management services to, us. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser:
● | determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes; |
● | identifies, evaluates, and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective investments); |
● | executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make; |
● | determines the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell; and |
● | provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may from time to time reasonably require for the investment of our funds. |
The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and both it and its members, officers and employees are free to furnish similar services to other persons and entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.
The Investment Advisory Agreement was approved by the board of directors on March 19, 2024. A discussion regarding the basis for the board of directors’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be included in our [semi-annual report for the period ended September 30, 2024].
Duration and Termination. Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect if approved annually (after an initial two-year term) by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to such agreement, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may also be terminated by our board of directors or the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to us.
58
Indemnification. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.
Base Management Fee and Incentive Fee. We pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser may elect to defer all or a portion of these fees for a specified period of time.
The base management fee equals an annual rate of 1.75% of our Total Equity Base and is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears. “Total Equity Base” means the net asset value attributable to the common stock (prior to the application of the base management fee or incentive fee) and the paid-in or stated capital of the preferred interests in the Company (howsoever called), if any.
In addition, we pay the Adviser an incentive fee based on our performance. The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears and equals 20% of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a hurdle and a “catch up” feature. No incentive fees are payable to our investment adviser in respect of any capital gains. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and/or dividends paid on any issued and outstanding debt or preferred interests, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized or unrealized capital gains or realized or unrealized losses.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 2.00% per quarter.
The incentive fee in each calendar quarter is paid to the Adviser as follows:
● | no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle of 2.00%; |
● | 100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.50%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income meets or exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and |
● | 20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser (that is, once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is paid to the Adviser). |
You should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.
59
The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as payment-in-kind interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the Adviser, without interest, only if and to the extent we actually receive such deferred interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction of the incentive fees for such quarter.
No incentive fee is payable to the Adviser on capital gains, whether realized or unrealized. In addition, the amount of the incentive fee is not affected by any realized or unrealized losses that we may suffer.
The payment of monthly dividends on our preferred stock, if any, (including on any shares of preferred stock that may be held by officers or other affiliates of the Adviser) is not subject to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income meeting or exceeding any hurdle rate.
The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the incentive fee as well as examples of its application.
Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)
Examples
of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation
(amounts expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets, and are not
annualized)*
Alternative 1:
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.00%
Base management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.5625%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.
60
Alternative 2:
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.00%
Base management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.0125%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))
= (100.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.00%)) + 0%
= 100.0% × (2.0125% –2.00%)
= 100.0% × 0.0125%
= 0.0125%
Alternative 3:
Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.25%
Hurdle rate(1) = 2.00%
Base management fee(2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.5625%
61
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.
Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%)))
= (100.0% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.50%))
= (100.0% × (2.50% – 2.00%)) + (20% × (2.5625% – 2.50%))
= 0.50% + 0.0125%
= 0.5125%
* | The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income shown is based on a percentage of net assets. |
(1) | Represents 8.00% annualized hurdle rate. |
(2) | Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. |
(3) | Excludes organizational and offering expenses. |
Payment of Expenses. All investment professionals of the Adviser and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by the Adviser. The Adviser also bears our organizational costs, which are estimated to be approximately $[ ]. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to: (1) our offering costs incurred prior to the completion of our initial public offering, which are estimated to be approximately $[ ]; (2) calculating our net asset value (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm or pricing service); (3) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; (4) fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses and travel expenses, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective investments, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights; (5) amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments; (6) brokerage fees and commissions; (7) federal and state registration fees; (8) exchange listing fees; (9) federal, state, and local taxes; (10) costs of offerings or repurchases of our common stock and other securities; (11) the base management fee and incentive fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (12) distributions on our common stock and other securities, as applicable; (13) administration fees payable to the Administrator under the Administration Agreement; (14) transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; (15) independent director fees and expenses; (16) the costs of any reports, proxy statements, or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs; (17) costs of holding meetings of our stockholders; (18) litigation, indemnification, and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; (19) fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; (20) dues, fees, and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; (21) direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, telecommunications, and staff, including fees payable in connection with outsourced administration functions; (22) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; (23) fidelity bond; (24) directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (25) costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and (26) all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business or incurred by the Administrator on our behalf, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.
62
License Agreement
We have entered into a license agreement, or the “License Agreement,” with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “Sound Point” name and logo. Under the License Agreement, we have a right to use the “Sound Point” name and logo, for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days’ prior written notice and is also terminable by the Adviser in the case of certain events, including certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this license, we have no legal right to the “Sound Point” name and logo.
The Administrator and the Administration Agreement
[We have entered into the Administration Agreement, pursuant to which the Administrator furnishes us with office facilities, equipment, and clerical, bookkeeping, and record-keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator performs, or arranges for the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders. In addition, the Administrator provides us with accounting services, assists us in determining and publishing our NAV, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns, monitors our compliance with tax laws and regulations, and prepares any audits by an independent public accounting firm of, our financial statements. The Administrator is also responsible for the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders and the maintenance of our website. It provides support for our investor relations, generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others, and provides such other administrative services as we may from time to time designate. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Our allocable portion of such total compensation is based on an allocation of the time spent on us relative to other matters. To the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees on a direct basis, without profit to the Administrator. Certain accounting and other administrative services have been delegated by the Administrator to [ALPS Fund Services, Inc.], or the “Sub-Administrator.” The Administration Agreement may be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than [90] days’ written notice to the Administrator and by the Administrator upon not less than [90] days’ written notice to us. The Administration Agreement will remain in effect if approved by the board of directors, including by a majority of our independent directors, on an annual basis.
When considering the approval of the Administration Agreement, the board of directors considers, among other factors, (i) the reasonableness of the compensation paid by us to the Administrator and any third-party service providers in light of the services provided, the quality of such services, any cost savings to us as a result of the arrangements, and any conflicts of interest, (ii) the methodology employed by the Administrator in determining how certain expenses are allocated to the Company, (iii) the breadth, depth, and quality of such administrative services provided, (iv) certain comparative information on expenses borne by other companies for somewhat similar services known to be available, and (v) the possibility of obtaining such services from a third party.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification. The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator and its officers, directors, employees, agents, control persons, and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) or losses sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administration Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of the Administrator’s members, directors, officers, employees, agents, control persons, and affiliates for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.]
63
Our board of directors is responsible for the overall management and supervision of our business and affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. Our directors may appoint officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.
The Board of Directors
The board of directors currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of us. We refer to these directors as our “independent directors.”
Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. The term of only one of the three classes expires at each annual meeting of our stockholders. The classification of our board of directors across staggered terms may prevent replacement of a majority of the directors for up to a two-year period.
Duties of Directors; Meetings and Committees
Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is responsible for managing our affairs, including the appointment of advisers and sub-advisers. The board of directors appoints officers who assist in managing our day-to-day affairs.
The board of directors has appointed Stephen J. Ketchum as Chairperson. The Chairperson presides at meetings of the board of directors and may call meetings of the board and any committee whenever he deems necessary. The Chairperson participates in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the board of directors and the identification of information to be presented to the board of directors with respect to matters to be acted upon by the directors. The Chairperson also acts as a liaison with our management, officers, and attorneys and the other directors generally between meetings. The Chairperson may perform such other functions as may be requested by the board of directors from time to time. Except for any duties specified in this prospectus or pursuant to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or as assigned by the board of directors, the designation of a director as Chairperson does not impose on that director any duties, obligations, or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations, or liability imposed on any other director, generally.
The board of directors believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the board of directors to exercise informed judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of directors and the full board of directors in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The board of directors also believes that having a majority of independent directors is appropriate and in the best interest of our stockholders. Nevertheless, the board of directors also believes that having interested persons serve on the board of directors brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the board of directors’ view, crucial elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the board of directors believes that [ ] and [ ] provide the board of directors with the Adviser’s perspective in managing and sponsoring us. The leadership structure of the board of directors may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the board of directors, including in response to changes in circumstances or our characteristics.
Committees of the Board of Directors
The board of directors has established two standing committees: the audit committee and the governance and nominating committee. The current membership of each committee is set forth below. Interested directors are generally able to attend and participate in any committee meeting, as appropriate.
Audit | Governance and Nominating | |
Steven Lipiner (Chairperson) | Douglas T. Healy (Chairperson) | |
Douglas T. Healy | Lana Lewin-Ross | |
Lana Lewin-Ross | Steven Lipiner |
64
Audit Committee
All of the members of the audit committee are independent directors, and each member is financially literate with at least one having accounting or financial management expertise. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee. The audit committee recommends to the full board of directors the independent registered public accounting firm for us, oversees the work of the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with our audit, communicates with the independent registered public accounting firm on a regular basis, and provides a forum for the independent registered public accounting firm to report and discuss any matters it deems appropriate at any time. The audit committee is also responsible for establishing guidelines and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the valuation of our investments, which are considered when the board of directors determines in accordance with the 1940 Act the value of our investments as described under “Determination of Net Asset Value.” Steven Lipiner serves as Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee also functions as our qualified legal compliance committee and is responsible for the confidential receipt, retention, and consideration of any report of evidence of (1) a material violation of applicable federal or state securities law, (2) a material breach of fiduciary duty arising under federal or state law, or (3) a similar material violation of any federal or state law by us or any of our officers, directors, employees, or agents that has occurred, is ongoing, or is about to occur. [The audit committee met [ ] during the calendar year ending December 31, [ ].]
Governance and Nominating Committee
The governance and nominating committee (the “nominating committee”) comprises all of the independent directors. The nominating committee periodically reviews the committee structure, conducts an annual self-assessment of the board of directors, and makes the final selection and nomination of candidates to serve as independent directors. In addition, the nominating committee makes recommendations regarding the compensation of the Company’s independent directors for approval by the board as there is no separate compensation committee of the Company. The board of directors nominates and selects our interested directors and the officers. Douglas T. Healy serves as Chairperson of the nominating committee. [The nominating committee met [ ] during the calendar year ending December 31, [ ].]
In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the re-nomination of current independent directors, the nominating committee will generally evaluate and consider the following: (1) the nominee’s qualifications for board membership and independence from our Investment Adviser and other principal service providers; (2) the effect of any relationships delineated in the 1940 Act or other types of relationship, including, but not limited to, business, financial, or family relationships with the Investment Adviser or other principal services providers, which might affect the nominee’s independence; (3) the nature of and time involved in a nominee’s service on other boards, and whether such service would impair the nominee’s ability to objectively and effectively serve on the board of direct; and (4) the potential existence of material conflicts of interest, if any. In determining a nominee’s qualifications, the nominating committee may consider all factors it may determine to be relevant to fulfilling the role of being a member of the board of directors.
The nominating committee shall periodically review the composition of the board and each committee thereof and the backgrounds and qualifications of the board of directors and committee members to determine whether it may be appropriate to recommend adding or removing any directors. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in membership is determined to be advisable, the nominating committee will, in addition to any stockholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of the nominating committee. The nominating committee may retain a consultant to assist it in a search for a qualified candidate. The nominating committee has adopted procedures for the selection of independent directors.
The nominating committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying individuals for election as independent directors, but the nominating committee will consider such factors as it may deem are in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders. Such factors may include the individual’s professional experience, education, skills, and other individual qualities or attributes, including gender, race, or national origin.
65
For any stockholder recommendation for independent director to be included in our proxy statement, it must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act to be considered by the nominating committee. In evaluating a nominee recommended by a stockholder, the nominating committee, in addition to the criteria discussed above, may consider the objectives of the stockholder in submitting that nomination and whether such objectives are consistent with the interests of all stockholders. If the board of directors determines to include a stockholder’s candidate among the slate of nominees, the candidate’s name will be placed on our proxy card. If the stockholder has satisfied the requirements of Rule 14a-8, but the nominating committee or the board of directors determines not to include the candidate recommended by the stockholder among the board of directors’ designated nominees, the stockholder’s candidate will be treated as a nominee of the stockholder and will not be named on the proxy card distributed with our proxy statement.
A stockholder who is entitled to vote at the applicable annual meeting and who intends to nominate a director must comply with the advance notice procedures in our bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at our principal executive offices addressed to the attention of the Secretary not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the anniversary of the date our proxy statement was released to the stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the seventh (7th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (a) the name, age, business address, and residence address of the person, (b) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (c) the class and number of shares of our capital stock that are beneficially owned by the person, and (d) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (a) the name and record address of the stockholder, and (b) the class and number of shares of our capital stock that are beneficially owned by the stockholder. We may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director.
Stockholders may communicate with the directors as a group or individually. Any such communication should be sent to the board of directors or an individual director c/o the Secretary of the Company at the following address: 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to directors that does not relate to the business of the Company.
Risk Oversight
As a registered investment company, we are subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks, and operational risks. As part of its overall activities, the board of directors oversees the management of our risk management structure by various departments of the Adviser and the Administrator, as well as by our chief compliance officer. The responsibility to manage our risk management structure on a day-to-day basis is subsumed within the Adviser’s overall investment management responsibilities.
The board of directors recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect us or to develop processes and controls to manage them. The board of directors discharges risk oversight as part of its overall activities. In addressing issues regarding our risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the Adviser communicate with the Chairperson of the board of directors, the relevant committee chair or our chief compliance officer, who is directly accountable to the board of directors. As appropriate, the Chairperson of the board of directors and the committee chairs confer among themselves, with our chief compliance officer, the Adviser, other service providers, and external fund counsel to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the board of director’s agenda and/or that of an appropriate committee for review and discussion with management.
Compliance Policies and Procedures
We have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. The chief compliance officer is responsible for administering the policies and procedures.
66
Biographical Information about each Director
Information about our directors is as follows:
(1) | The business address of each our directors is c/o Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152. |
(2) | Stephen J. Ketchum is an interested director due to his position with Sound Point Capital Management. |
(3) | Ujjaval Desai is an interested director due to his position as our Chief Executive Officer and his position with Sound Point Capital Management. |
67
Other than as disclosed in the table above, none of our directors serves, nor have they served during the last five years, on the board of directors of another company registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (or subject to the reporting requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) or registered under the 1940 Act (including any other companies in a fund complex with us).
In addition to the description of each director’s “Principal Occupation(s)” set forth above, the following provides further information about each director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills that led to the conclusion that they should serve as a director. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the directors is an “expert” within the meaning of the federal securities laws.
Although the nominating committee has general criteria that guides its choice of candidates to serve on the board of directors (as discussed above under “— Committees of the Board of Directors”), there are no specific required qualifications for membership on the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the different perspectives, viewpoints, professional experience, education, and individual qualities of each director represent a diversity of experiences and a variety of complementary skills. When considering potential nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors, and as part of its annual self-evaluation, the board of directors reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the directors.
Independent Directors
Douglas T. Healy. Mr. Healy has served on our Board of Directors and as Chairperson of the Nominating Committee since March 2024. Since 2018, Mr. Healy has served as Senior Adviser to EXOS Financial LLC. In 2017, Mr. Healy and his wife founded Sunset Ridge Advisors, a consultancy established to advance the effective management of complex projects for global non-profits who strive to mitigate the challenges of poverty and improve access to education and healthcare in the developing world. From 2006 to 2017, Mr. Healy was a Managing Director and Key Account Manager at Credit Suisse New York, where he led the global firm-to-firm relationships with some of the bank’s largest insurance and asset management clients. Prior to joining Credit Suisse, Mr. Healy worked at AXA Investment Managers in Paris and New York from 1997 to 2006, and held a number of positions, including Head of Global Fixed Income Research, Founder and Global Head of AXA Multimanager, and Head of US Fixed Income, building and managing three asset management capabilities. From 2014 to 2016, he was also a member of the Board of Directors and Treasurer of the Africa Schoolhouse Foundation, and he also served as an independent director on the Board of Directors of Varagon Capital Partners from 2020 to 2023. Since 2011, Mr. Healy has served on the Board of Directors and as Treasurer of the Eagle Academy Foundation, a network of six innovative public schools for boys of color in New York City and Newark, NJ. He currently also serves as an independent director on the Board of Directors of American Equity Investment Life Holding Company (NYSE: AEL), a public annuity and alternative asset management firm. Mr. Healy earned his B.A. from Dartmouth College and the Chartered Financial Analyst designation in 1994.
Steven Lipiner. Mr. Lipiner has served on our Board of Directors and as Chairperson of the Audit Committee since March 2024. Formerly, Mr. Lipiner served as Chief Operating Officer of State Street Global Advisors from 2022-2023, and as Chief Financial Officer from 2015 to 2022. He also served on the Board of Directors and as a member of the Audit Committee of State Street Global Advisors Trust Company from 2017-2023. Additionally, Mr. Lipiner served as Chief Financial Officer for Bank of New York Mellon Investment Management (and formerly Mellon Institutional Asset Management) from 2002 to 2015. Mr. Lipiner currently serves on the Board of Directors and on the Finance Committee of Dimock Center, a health and human services center in Boston. Since 2023, he has also served on the Board of Directors and as Treasurer of RIZE Massachusetts, a non-profit foundation dedicated to ending the opioid epidemic in Massachusetts. Mr. Lipiner earned his B.A. from State University of New York (Buffalo) and an M.B.A. from City University of New York at Baruch College.
68
Lana Lewin-Ross. Ms. Lewin has served on our Board of Directors since March 2024. Previously, Ms. Lewin was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse until 2021. During her 25-year career in Credit Suisse, she served as client relationship leader for the Private Fund Group, executing private equity fund capital raising mandates, as well as sourcing general partner-led secondary and continuation vehicle transactions. From 2011 to 2019, Ms. Lewin served as a member of the Board of Directors of Planned Parenthood of New York City (“PPNYC”) in a number of positions, including as a member of the Executive Committee, Governance Committee, and Finance Committee. During her time at PPNYC, she also served as Chair of the Finance Committee, Chair of the Endowment’s Investment Committee, and as Treasurer. Ms. Lewin earned her B.A. from University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
Interested Directors
Stephen J. Ketchum. Information regarding Mr. Ketchum is included under “The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers” above.
Ujjaval Desai. Information regarding Mr. Desai is included under “The Adviser and the Administrator — Portfolio Managers” above.
Officers
Information regarding our officers who are not directors is as follows:
Name, Address and Age(1) |
Positions Held with the Company |
Term of Office(2) and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During the Last Five Years | |||
Ivana Kovačić Age: 47 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Since March 19, 2024 | Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, SS&C Registered Fund Services and Vice President (2021-Present), Assistant Vice President, Regulatory Compliance Manager (2020-2021), Senior Compliance Analyst at Jennison Associates (2013-2019). | |||
Kevin Gerlitz Age: 65 |
Chief Financial Officer | Since March 19, 2024 | Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser |
(1) | The business address for each of our officers is c/o Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152. |
(2) | Each of our officers holds office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. |
Ivana Kovačić. Ms. Kovačić has served as our Chief Compliance Officer since March 2024. Ms. Kovačić has served as Deputy Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President of ALPS Holdings, Inc. since 2021. Ms. Kovačić joined ALPS Fund Services, Inc. in March 2020, and served as Assistant Vice President and Regulatory Compliance Manager, overseeing the Chief Compliance Officer support team. Prior to joining ALPS Holdings, Inc., Ms. Kovačić served as Senior Compliance Analyst at Jennison Associates from 2013-2019 and a Senior Compliance Associate at Lord Abbett & Co., LLC, from 2005 to 2013. Ms. Kovačić is also a Registered Representative of ALPS Distributors, Inc. a Certified Securities Compliance Professional (CSCP), and a Certified Investment Company Compliance Professional (CICCP). Ms. Kovačić earned her B.A. from Rutgers College – Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from Baruch College – Zicklin School of Business.
Kevin Gerlitz. Mr. Gerlitz has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2024. Mr. Gerlitz currently also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Sound Point Capital Management and serves on numerous committees of Sound Point Capital Management, including: Management, Strategic Planning, Compliance, Best Execution, Allocation, Conflicts, Risk, Valuation, and ESG. Prior to joining Sound Point Capital Management in 2008, Mr. Gerlitz served as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Raven Asset Management from 2005 to 2010, where he implemented and managed all accounting, financial reporting, operations and technology needs, resulting in an $800 million asset growth over a two-year period. Mr. Gerlitz earned his A.D. in Business Administration from State University of New York at Farmingdale.
69
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each director expected to be paid for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025.
Name of Director/Nominee | Aggregate Compensation from the Company(1) |
|||
Independent Directors | ||||
Douglas T. Healy | $ | [ ] | ||
Lana Lewin-Ross | $ | [ ] | ||
Steven Lipiner | $ | [ ] |
(1) | We do not maintain a pension plan or retirement plan for any of our directors. |
As compensation for serving on our board of directors, each of our independent directors receives an annual fee of $125,000, which fees will begin to accrue upon the commencement of this offering, as well as reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings. No compensation is, or is expected to be, paid by us to directors who are “interested persons” of us, as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, or our officers. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.
Director Ownership of Shares of Our Common Stock
The table below sets forth the dollar range of the value of our common stock that is expected to be owned beneficially by each director immediately after the completion of this offering. For purposes of this table, beneficial ownership is defined to mean a direct or indirect pecuniary interest.
Name of Director | Dollar
Range of Equity Securities in the Company(1)(2) |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund Complex(1) |
||||||
Interested Directors | ||||||||
Stephen J. Ketchum | [ ] | [ ] | ||||||
Ujjaval Desai | [ ] | [ ] | ||||||
Independent Directors | ||||||||
Douglas T. Healy | [ ] | [ ] | ||||||
Lana Lewin-Ross | [ ] | [ ] | ||||||
Steven Lipiner | [ ] | [ ] |
(1) | Dollar ranges are as follows: None; $1 – $10,000; $10,001 – $50,000; $50,001 – $100,000; or over $100,000. |
(2) | Reflects intended ownership in connection with this offering. No shares were owned as of the date of this prospectus. |
70
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
We determine the NAV per share of our common stock by dividing the value of our portfolio investments, cash and other assets (including interest accrued but not collected) less all of our liabilities (including accrued expenses, the aggregate liquidation preference of our preferred stock, borrowings and interest payables) by the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis (or more frequently, as appropriate). The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of our financial statements is the valuation of investments and the related amounts of unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments recorded. There is no single method for determining fair value in good faith. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act establishes requirements for determining fair value in good faith for purposes of the 1940 Act. Pursuant to Rule 2a-5, our board has elected to designate the Adviser as “valuation designee” to perform fair value determinations in respect of our portfolio investments that do not have readily available market quotations.
We account for our investments in accordance with GAAP, and fair value our investment portfolio in accordance with the provisions of the FASB ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification, as amended, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is the estimated amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In valuing our investments in CLO debt, CLO equity and loan accumulation facilities, the Adviser considers a variety of relevant factors, including price indications from multiple dealers, or as applicable, a third-party pricing service, recent trading prices for specific investments, recent purchases and sales known to the Adviser in similar securities, and output from a third-party financial model. The third-party financial model contains detailed information on the characteristics of CLOs, including recent information about assets and liabilities, and is used to project future cashflows. Key inputs to the model, including assumptions for future loan default rates, recovery rates, prepayment rates, reinvestment rates, and discount rates are determined by considering both observable and third-party market data and prevailing general market assumptions and conventions as well as those of the Adviser.
Specifically, we utilize a third-party pricing service in connection with the valuation of our investments in CLO debt. However, if pricing from such third-party pricing service is determined to be stale or otherwise not reflective of current market conditions, we may use an average of independent broker quotes to determine fair value. We engage a third-party independent valuation firm as an input to the Company’s valuation of the fair value of its investments in CLO equity. The valuation firm’s advice is only one factor considered in the valuation of such investments, and the Adviser does not rely on such advice in determining the fair value of our investments in accordance with the 1940 Act.
Our investment portfolio is valued at least each quarter, in accordance with the Adviser’s valuation policies and procedures. Fair valuations are ultimately determined by the Adviser’s valuation sub-committee, which comprises a majority of non-investment personnel. Our board of directors oversees the valuation designee and the process that it uses to determine the fair value of our assets. In this regard, our board of directors receives periodic and, as applicable, prompt reporting regarding certain material valuation matters, as required by Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act.
71
Regular Distributions
We intend to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of our investment company taxable income to holders of our common stock. We also intend to make at least annual distributions of all or a portion of our “net capital gains” (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) as described below. Any dividends to our holders of our common stock will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.
[We anticipate declaring a distribution of approximately [ ] per share of common stock for the month of [ ] (in each case, if continued, such amount to equal approximately [ ]% annualized of our initial public offering price per share) payable to holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering.] If our distributions exceed our investment company taxable income in a tax year, such excess will represent a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a stockholder invested in us. Stockholders who receive the payment of a distribution consisting of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net investment income or profit when they are not. Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from us is net investment income or profit, and our distributions should not be used as a measure of performance or confused with yield or income. A return of capital will lower a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, which could result in shareholders having to pay higher taxes in the future when shares are sold, even when shares are sold at a loss from the original investment. Additionally, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may at times pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. No assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such distributions in future periods, and our ability to declare and pay distributions will be subject to a number of factors, including our results of operations.
At times, in order to maintain a stable level of distributions, we may pay out less than all of our investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income in addition to current net investment income. Our expenses will be accrued each day. To the extent that our net investment income for any year exceeds the total monthly distributions paid during the year, we intend to make a special distribution at or near year-end of such excess amount as may be required. Over time, we expect that all of our investment company taxable income will be distributed.
Capital Gains Distributions
The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times we may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of our distributions and result in certain distributions being more weighted to long-term capital gains eligible for favorable income tax rates. In the future, the Adviser may seek approval of our board of directors to implement a managed distribution plan for us. The managed distribution plan would be implemented pursuant to an exemptive order that we would intend to obtain from the SEC granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit us to include long-term capital gains as a part of our regular distributions to holders of our common stock more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once or twice per year). If we implement a managed distribution plan, we would do so without a vote of holders of our common stock. There can be no assurance that we will implement such a plan, nor can there be any assurance that SEC relief will be obtained.
At least annually, we intend to distribute any net capital gains (which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gains and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under federal tax law, if we retain all or a portion of such gains and make an election, holders of our common stock of record as of the end of our taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain, and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by us. We may treat the cash value of tax credit and refund amounts in connection with retained capital gains as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions.
72
RIC Tax Qualification
We intend to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, we satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of our income and diversification of our total assets and to satisfy certain distribution requirements, so as to maintain our RIC status and to avoid paying U.S. federal income or excise tax thereon. To the extent we qualify for treatment as a RIC and satisfy the applicable distribution requirements, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to holders of our common stock in the form of dividends or capital gains distributions.
As a RIC, we are not subject to federal income tax on our investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deductions for dividend paid) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss), if any, that we distribute in each taxable year to holders of our common stock, provided that we distribute an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income and 90% of our net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. We intend to distribute to holders of our common stock, at least annually, substantially all of our investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income, and net capital gains. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that we generally distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains net income, generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year, and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gains net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.
Additional Information
The tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary substantially from time to time because of the varied nature of our investments. If our total monthly distributions in any year exceed the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for federal income tax purposes to the extent not designated as a capital gain dividend. Under the 1940 Act, for any distribution that includes amounts from sources other than net income (calculated on a book basis), we are required to provide holders of our common stock a written statement regarding the components of such distribution. Such a statement will be provided at the time of any distribution believed to include any such amounts. A return of capital is a distribution to holders of our common stock that is not attributable to our earnings but represents a return of part of the stockholder’s investment. If our distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock (thus reducing a stockholders adjusted tax basis in his or her common stock), and thereafter as capital gains assuming our common stock is held as a capital asset. Upon the sale of shares of our common stock, a stockholder generally will recognize capital gains or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock sold. For example, in year one, a stockholder purchased 100 shares of common stock at $10 per share. In year two, the stockholder received a $1-per-share return of capital distribution, which reduced the basis in each share by $1, to give the stockholder an adjusted basis of $9 per share. In year three, the stockholder sells the 100 shares for $15 per share. Assuming no other transactions during this period, the stockholder would have a capital gain in year three of $6 per share ($15 minus $9) for a total capital gain of $600.
73
We have established an automatic DRIP. Each registered holder of at least one full share of our common stock will be automatically enrolled in the DRIP. Under the DRIP, distributions on shares of our common stock are automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock by [ ], or the “DRIP Administrator,” unless a stockholder opts out of the DRIP. Holders of our common stock who receive distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock are nonetheless required to pay applicable federal, state, and local taxes on the reinvested distribution but will not receive a corresponding cash distribution with which to pay any applicable tax. Holders of shares of our common stock who opt-out of participation in the DRIP (including those holders whose shares are held through a broker or other nominee who has opted out of participation in the DRIP) generally will receive all distributions in cash.
We expect to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. Under such circumstances, the number of shares to be credited to each participant is determined by dividing the aggregate dollar amount of the distribution by [ ]% of the closing market price per share on the payment date, provided that if [ ]% of the closing market price per share on the payment date is below our last determined NAV per share, then the number of shares to be credited to each participant’s account pursuant to the DRIP will be determined by dividing the aggregate dollar amount of the distribution by the lesser of (i) our last determined NAV per share and (ii) the closing market price per share. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their electronically reported bid and asked prices. We reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the plan administrator will be allocated to a stockholder based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased in the open market. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.
There are no brokerage charges with respect to shares of common stock issued directly by us. However, whenever shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $[ ] per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested.
Holders of our common stock can also sell shares held in the DRIP account at any time by contacting the DRIP Administrator in writing at [ ]. The DRIP Administrator will mail a check to such holder (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on the settlement date, which is three business days after the shares have been sold. If a stockholder chooses to sell its shares through a broker, the holder will need to request that the DRIP Administrator electronically transfer their shares to the broker through the Direct Registration System.
Stockholders participating in the DRIP may withdraw from the DRIP at any time by contacting the DRIP Administrator in writing at [ ]. Such termination will be effective immediately if the notice is received by the DRIP Administrator prior to any distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such distribution, with respect to any subsequent distribution. If a holder of our common stock withdraws, full shares will be credited to their account, and the stockholder will be sent a check for the cash adjustment of any fractional share at the market value per share of our common stock as of the close of business on the day the termination is effective, less any applicable fees. Alternatively, if the stockholder wishes, the DRIP Administrator will sell their full and fractional shares and send them the proceeds, less a transaction fee of $[ ] and less brokerage trading fees of $[ ] per share. If a stockholder does not maintain at least one whole share of common stock in the DRIP account, the DRIP Administrator may terminate such stockholder’s participation in the DRIP after written notice. Upon termination, stockholders will be sent a check for the cash value of any fractional share in the DRIP account, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.
74
Stockholders who are not participants in the DRIP, but hold at least one full share of our common stock, may join the DRIP by notifying the DRIP Administrator in writing at [ ]. If received in proper form by the DRIP Administrator before the record date of a distribution, the election will be effective with respect to all distribution paid after such record date. If a stockholder wishes to participate in the DRIP and their shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, the stockholder should contact their nominee to see if it will participate in the DRIP. If a stockholder wishes to participate in the DRIP, but the brokerage firm, bank or other nominee is unable to participate on their behalf, the stockholder will need to request that their shares be re-registered in their own name, or the stockholder will not be able to participate. The DRIP Administrator will administer the DRIP on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by the stockholder as representing the total amount registered in their name and held for their account by their nominee.
Experience under the DRIP may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, we and the DRIP Administrator reserve the right to amend or terminate the DRIP upon written notice to each participant at least [ ] days before the record date for the payment of any distribution by us.
All correspondence or additional information about the DRIP should be directed to [ ].
75
Affiliations of the Adviser
Our executive officers and directors, and the Adviser and its officers and employees, including the Investment Team, have several conflicts of interest as a result of the other activities in which they engage. The Adviser is affiliated with other entities engaged in the financial services business. These other relationships may cause the Adviser’s and certain of its affiliates’ interests, and the interests of their officers and employees, including the Investment Team, to diverge from our interests and may result in conflicts of interest that may not be foreseen or resolved in a manner that is always or exclusively in our best interest. The Adviser and its affiliates have entered into, and may in the future enter into additional business arrangements with certain of our stockholders. In addition, the Adviser and its affiliates may in the future own, directly or indirectly, interest in another asset or CLO manager.
Other Accounts
The Adviser is responsible for the investment decisions made on our behalf. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates to manage accounts for multiple clients, including accounts for affiliates of the Adviser or their directors, officers or employees, following the same, similar, or different investment objectives, philosophies, and strategies as those used by the Adviser for our account. In those situations, the Adviser and its affiliates may have conflicts of interest in allocating investment opportunities between us and any other account managed by such person. See “— Allocations of Opportunities” below. Such conflicts of interest would be expected to be heightened where the Adviser manages an account for an affiliate or its directors, officers, or employees. In addition, certain of these accounts may provide for higher management fees or have incentive fees or may allow for higher expense reimbursements, all of which may contribute to a conflict of interest and create an incentive for the Adviser to favor such other accounts. Further, accounts managed by the Adviser or certain of its affiliates may hold certain investments in CLOs, such as equity tranches, which conflict with the positions held by other accounts in such CLOs, such as us. In these cases, when exercising the rights of each account with respect to such investments, the Adviser and/or its affiliate will have a conflict of interest, as actions on behalf of one account may have an adverse effect on another account managed by the Adviser or such affiliate, including us.
Our executive officers and directors, as well as other current and potential future affiliated persons, officers, and employees of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates, may serve as officers, directors, or principals of, or manage the accounts for, other entities with investment strategies that substantially or partially overlap with the strategy that we intend to pursue. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which obligations may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders.
Further, the professional staff of the Adviser and Administrator will devote as much time to us as such professionals deem appropriate to perform their duties in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, respectively. However, such persons may be committed to providing investment advisory and other services for other clients and engage in other business ventures in which we have no interest. [In addition, payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — The Administrator and the Administration Agreement” above. As a result of these separate business activities, the Adviser and Administrator may have conflicts of interest in allocating management and administrative time, services, and functions among us and its affiliates and other business ventures or clients.]
Allocations of Opportunities
As a fiduciary, the Adviser owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When the Adviser purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. To this end, the Adviser has adopted policies and procedures pursuant to which they allocate investment opportunities appropriate for more than one client account in a manner deemed appropriate in their sole discretion to achieve a fair and equitable result over time. Pursuant to these policies and procedures, when allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may take into account regulatory, tax, or legal requirements applicable to an account. In allocating investment opportunities, the Adviser may use rotational, percentage, or other allocation methods provided that doing so is consistent with the Adviser’s internal conflict of interest and allocation policies and the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the “Advisers Act,” the 1940 Act and other applicable laws. In addition, an account managed by the Adviser, such as us, is expected to be considered for the allocation of investment opportunities together with other accounts managed by affiliates of the Adviser. There is no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to any particular account equitably in the short-term or that any such account, including us, will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable for it.
76
Valuation
The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for other credit related investments. As a result, we value, and the Adviser reviews and determines, in good faith, in accordance with the 1940 Act, the value of, these securities based on relevant information compiled by the Adviser and third-party pricing services (when available) as described under “Determination of Net Asset Value.” Our interested directors are associated with the Adviser and have an interest in the Adviser’s economic success. The participation of the Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the interest of our interested directors in the Adviser, could result in a conflict of interest as the management fee paid to the Adviser is based, in part, on our net assets.
Co-Investments and Related Party Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into transactions with persons who are affiliated with us by reason of being under common control of the Adviser or its affiliates. In order to ensure that we do not engage in any prohibited transactions with any persons affiliated with us, we have implemented certain policies and procedures whereby our executive officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations between us, the Adviser and its affiliates and our employees, officers, and directors. We will not enter into any such transactions unless and until we are satisfied that doing so will not raise concerns under the 1940 Act or, if such concerns exist, we have taken appropriate actions to seek review and approval of our board of directors or exemptive relief for such transaction. Our affiliations may require us to forgo attractive investment opportunities. For example, we may be limited in our ability to invest in CLOs managed by certain affiliates of the Adviser.
In certain instances, we expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other accounts managed by certain of the Adviser’s affiliates, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and the Adviser’s written allocation procedures. We and the Adviser have submitted an application for exemptive relief to the SEC to permit us and certain of our affiliates to participate in certain negotiated co-investments alongside other accounts managed by the Adviser, or certain of its affiliates, subject to certain conditions. There can be no assurance when, or if, such relief may be obtained. A copy of our application for exemptive relief, including all of the conditions and the related order, when issued, will be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Material Non-Public Information
By reason of the advisory and/or other activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, the Adviser and its affiliates may acquire confidential or material non-public information or be restricted from initiating transactions in certain securities. The Adviser will not be free to divulge, or to act upon, any such confidential or material non-public information and, due to these restrictions, it may not be able to initiate a transaction for our account that it otherwise might have initiated. As a result, we may be frozen in an investment position that we otherwise might have liquidated or closed out or may not be able to acquire a position that we might otherwise have acquired.
Code of Ethics and Compliance Procedures
In order to address the conflicts of interest described above, we have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-l under the 1940 Act. Similarly, the Adviser has separately adopted the “Adviser Code of Ethics.” The Adviser Code of Ethics requires the officers and employees of the Adviser to act in the best interests of the Adviser and its client accounts (including us), act in good faith and in an ethical manner, avoid conflicts of interests with the client accounts to the extent reasonably possible, and identify and manage conflicts of interest to the extent that they arise. Personnel subject to each code of ethics may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. In addition, each code of ethics is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Our directors and officers, and the officers and employees of the Adviser, are also required to comply with applicable provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws and make prompt reports to supervisory personnel of any actual or suspected violations of law.
In addition, the Adviser has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture, and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Adviser has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees, and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time.
77
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences generally applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, which will be referred to as “stock,” issued as of the date of this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with our securities held as capital assets for U.S. federal tax purposes (generally, property held for investment).
As used herein, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of the securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:
● | an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
● | a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
● | a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations, or “Treasury Regulations,” to be treated as a United States person; or |
● | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source. |
The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of the securities (other than a partnership or any other entity or other arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. holder.
An individual may, subject to exceptions, be deemed to be a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as opposed to a non-resident alien, by, among other ways, being present in the United States (i) on at least 31 days in the calendar year, and (ii) for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year, counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding calendar year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding calendar year. Individuals who are residents for such purposes are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.
This summary does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you, as a holder of our securities, if you are a person subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:
● | a dealer in securities or currencies; |
● | a financial institution; |
● | a RIC; |
● | a real estate investment trust; |
● | a tax-exempt organization; |
● | an insurance company; |
● | a person holding the securities as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle; |
● | a person subject to the special accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code; |
● | a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities; |
● | a person subject to alternative minimum tax; |
78
● | a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes; |
● | a U.S. holder whose “functional currency” (as defined in Section 985 of the Code) is not the U.S. dollar; |
● | a CFC; |
● | a PFIC; or |
● | a United States expatriate or foreign persons or entities (except to the extent set forth below). |
If a partnership (including any entity classified or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the securities, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership or a partner in a partnership holding our securities, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in our securities.
This summary is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the effects of any aspects of U.S. estate or gift, or state, local or non-U.S. income, estate, or gift tax laws. It is not intended to be, and should not be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular purchaser of our securities. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS.” No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below. You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership of our securities, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws or other guidance of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Important U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Affecting Us
We intend to elect to be treated, and to qualify each tax year, as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, we must satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of our income and diversification of our total assets and to satisfy certain distribution requirements, so as to maintain our RIC status and to avoid being subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax on any undistributed taxable income. To the extent we qualify for treatment as a RIC and satisfy the applicable distribution requirements, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to our stockholders in the form of dividends or capital gain dividends.
To qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must derive at least 90% of our gross income each tax year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities and currencies, or the “90% Gross Income Test.” A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, we must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of our assets. We must have, at the close of each quarter of the tax year, at least 50% of the value of our total assets represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, in respect of any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times, not more than 25% of the value of our assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers, which we control and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships, or the “Asset Diversification Tests.” If we fail to satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test, we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure pursuant to Treasury Regulations to be adopted, and (ii) we pay a tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If we fail to meet any of the Asset Diversification Tests with respect to any quarter of any tax year, we will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if we cure such failure within six months and either (i) such failure is de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) we report the failure under Treasury Regulations to be adopted and pay an excise tax. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for more than two consecutive taxable years and then seek to re-qualify as a RIC, we generally would be required to recognize gain to the extent of any unrealized appreciation in our assets unless we elect to pay U.S. corporate income tax on any such unrealized appreciation during the succeeding 5-year period.
79
As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code) and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss), if any, that we distribute in each tax year as dividends to stockholders, provided that we distribute dividends of an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, plus 90% of our net tax-exempt interest income for such tax year, or the “90% Distribution Requirement.” We intend to distribute to our stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of our investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gains. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that we distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year dividends of an amount generally at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gain net income, adjusted for certain ordinary losses and generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year (unless we have made an election under Section 4982(e)(4) of the Code to have our required distribution from net income measured using the one-year period ending on November 30 of such calendar year) and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gain net income from prior calendar years (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such calendar years and on which we incurred no U.S. federal income tax, or the “Excise Tax Distribution Requirement.” Any dividends declared by us during October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated for federal income tax purposes as if it had been paid by us, as well as received by our U.S. stockholders, on December 31 of the calendar year in which the distribution was declared.
We may incur in the future the 4% federal excise tax on a portion of our income and capital gains. While we intend to distribute income and capital gains to minimize our exposure to the 4% federal excise tax, we may not be able to, or may choose not to, distribute amounts sufficient to avoid the imposition of the tax entirely. In that event, we generally will be liable for the 4% federal excise tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the excise tax avoidance requirement. If we do not qualify as a RIC or fail to satisfy the 90% Distribution Requirement for any tax year, we would be subject to corporate income tax on our taxable income, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gains (if any), will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction, or the “DRD,” in the case of certain corporate shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, we may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.
For purposes of the 90% Gross Income Test, income that we earn from equity interests in certain entities that are not treated as corporations or as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (e.g., certain CLOs that are treated as partnerships) will generally have the same character for us as in the hands of such an entity; consequently, we may be required to limit our equity investments in any such entities that earn fee income, rental income, or other nonqualifying income.
Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy such test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.
We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the origination of a loan or possibly in other circumstances), we must include in income each tax year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same tax year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual payment-in-kind interest (which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term) and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the tax year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the 90% Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.
80
We may invest (directly or indirectly through an investment in an equity interest in a CLO treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) a portion of our net assets in below-investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by us to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income that we do not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Some or all of the CLOs in which we invest may constitute PFICs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because we acquire interests treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in PFICs (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in CLOs that are PFICs), we may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a QEF in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each tax year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each tax year (as well as on certain other dates described in the Code) our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as an ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in our ordinary income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a tax year taxable income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that tax year, and we may be required to distribute such taxable income in order to satisfy the Excise Tax Distribution Requirement or the 90% Distribution Requirement. Applicable Treasury Regulations generally treat our income inclusion with respect to a PFIC with respect to which we have made a qualified electing fund, or “QEF”, election, as qualifying income for purposes of determining our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC if (i) there is a current distribution out of the earnings and profits of the PFIC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (ii) such inclusion is derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies.
If we hold 10% or more of the interests treated as equity (by vote or value) for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a foreign corporation that is treated as a CFC (including equity tranche investments and certain debt tranche investments in a CLO treated as CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each tax year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains), whether or not the corporation makes an actual distribution during such tax year. In general, a foreign corporation will be classified as a CFC if more than 50% of the shares of the corporation, measured by reference to combined voting power or value, is owned (directly, indirectly or by attribution) by U.S. Shareholders. A “U.S. Shareholder,” for this purpose, is any U.S. person that possesses (actually or constructively) (a) 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of shares of a foreign corporation, or (b) 10% or more of the total value of all classes of stock of a foreign corporation. If we are treated as receiving a deemed distribution from a CFC, we will be required to include such deemed distribution in our investment company taxable income regardless of whether we receive any actual distributions from such CFC, and we must distribute such income in order to satisfy the Excise Tax Distribution Requirement or the 90% Distribution Requirement. Applicable Treasury Regulations generally treat our income inclusion with respect to a CFC as qualifying income for purposes of determining our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC either if (i) there is a distribution out of the earnings and profits of the CFC that are attributable to such income inclusion or (ii) such inclusion is derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities, or currencies. As such, we may limit and/or manage our holdings in issuers that could be treated as CFCs in order to limit our tax liability or maximize our after-tax return from these investments.
FATCA generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on U.S. source periodic payments, including interest and dividends to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its United States account holders and its United States owners. Most CLOs in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amounts available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.
81
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward, futures and options contracts, and similar financial instruments as well as upon the disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) also could, under future Treasury Regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” for purposes of the 90% Gross Income test.
Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term will depend on how long we held a particular warrant. Upon the exercise of a warrant acquired by us, our tax basis in the stock purchased under the warrant will equal the sum of the amount paid for the warrant plus the strike price paid on the exercise of the warrant.
Our transactions in futures contracts and options will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of our realized gains and losses realized (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital, or short-term or long-term), may accelerate recognition of income to us and may defer our losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to stockholders. These provisions also (a) will require us to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in our portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), and (b) may cause us to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% Distribution Requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC or the Excise Tax Distribution Requirement. We will monitor our transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in our books and records when we acquire any futures contract, option or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent our disqualification from being taxed as a RIC.
Generally, our hedging transactions (including certain covered call options) may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of our realized gains (or losses). In addition, our realized losses on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences to us of engaging in hedging transactions are not entirely clear. Hedging transactions may increase the amount of our realized short-term capital gain which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.
We may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If we make any of the elections, the amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.
Because the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which may be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to them as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.
Certain of our investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for deductions available to certain U.S. corporations under the Code as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (viii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% Gross Income Test. While we may not always be successful in doing so, we will seek to avoid or minimize the adverse tax consequences of our investment practices.
82
We may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain “appreciated financial positions” if we enter into a short sale, offsetting notional principal contract, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment include interests (including options and forward contracts and short sales) in stock and certain other instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply if the transaction is closed out not later than thirty days after the end of the tax year in which the transaction was initiated, and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed.
Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally considered as capital gains or loss to the extent the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in our hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date the short sale is entered into, gains on short sales generally are short-term capital gains. A loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by us for more than one year. In addition, entering into a short sale may result in suspension of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by us.
Gain or loss on a short sale will generally not be realized until such time as the short sale is closed. However, as described above in the discussion of constructive sales, if we hold a short sale position with respect to securities that have appreciated in value, and we then acquire property that is the same as or substantially identical to the property sold short, we generally will recognize gain on the date we acquire such property as if the short sale were closed on such date with such property. Similarly, if we hold an appreciated financial position with respect to securities and then enter into a short sale with respect to the same or substantially identical property, we generally will recognize gain as if the appreciated financial position were sold at its fair market value on the date we enter into the short sale. The subsequent holding period for any appreciated financial position that is subject to these constructive sale rules will be determined as if such position were acquired on the date of the constructive sale.
Taxation of Stockholders
Taxation of U.S. Resident Holders of Our Stock. Dividends and distributions on our shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular stockholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when our NAV reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when our NAV also reflects unrealized losses. Certain dividends and distributions declared by us in October, November or December to stockholders of record of such month of a calendar year and paid by us in January of the following calendar year will be treated by stockholders as if received on December 31 of the calendar year in which they were declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of our tax year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by us (except for purposes of the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax) during such tax year. In such case, stockholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the tax year in which the distributions were actually made.
Stockholders receiving any distribution from us in the form of additional shares pursuant to the DRIP will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount generally equal to the cash that would have been received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless we issue new shares that are trading at or above NAV, in which case such stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares received, determined as of the reinvestment date.
We will inform stockholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.
For federal income tax purposes, distributions paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable as ordinary dividend income. Certain income distributions paid by us (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our stock) to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates applicable to net long-term capital gains. This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements and other requirements are satisfied by the stockholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividend income received by us, and there can be no assurance as to what portion of our dividend distributions will qualify for favorable treatment. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means dividends received from United States corporations and “qualified foreign corporations,” provided that we satisfy certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. The maximum individual rate applicable to qualified dividend income is either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. Given our investment strategies, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of our dividends will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.
83
Dividends distributed from our investment company taxable income which have been designated by us and received by certain of our corporate stockholders will qualify for the DRD to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by us from certain domestic corporations for the tax year. A dividend received by us will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) to the extent the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if we fail to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent we are under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the DRD may be disallowed or reduced if an otherwise eligible corporate stockholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to shares of our stock or by application of the Code. Given our investment strategies, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of our dividends will be eligible for the DRD.
Capital gain dividends distributed to a stockholder are characterized as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the stockholder has held our shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a stockholder as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the stockholder’s tax basis in our shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds a stockholder’s tax basis in our shares, the excess will be treated by the stockholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions of gains from the sale or other disposition of our investments that we owned for one year or less are characterized as ordinary income.
We may elect to retain our net capital gains or a portion thereof for investment and be subject to tax at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, we may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gains in a notice to our stockholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of the pro rata share of such net capital gain, with the result that each stockholder will: (i) be required to report the pro rata share of such net capital gain on the applicable tax return as long-term capital gains; (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for the pro rata share of tax paid by us on the net capital gain; and (iii) increase the tax basis for the shares of our stock held by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
The benefits of the reduced tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to noncorporate stockholders.
Selling stockholders will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. The gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. The current maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is: (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gain recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less; or (ii) generally 15% or 20% (depending on whether the stockholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as certain capital gain dividends).
Any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of our stock with a holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of a loss realized by a stockholder on a sale or other disposition of shares of our stock may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the stockholder acquires other shares of our stock (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of our shares. Any disallowed loss will result in an adjustment to the stockholder’s tax basis in some or all of the other shares of our stock acquired.
Certain commissions or other sales charges paid upon a purchase of our shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of our shares, during the period beginning on the date of such sale and ending on January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the sale is made, pursuant to a reinvestment right. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to a stockholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares of our stock acquired.
84
Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income. A 3.8% tax is imposed under Section 1411 of the Code on the “net investment income” of certain U.S. citizens and residents and on the undistributed net investment income of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, net investment income generally includes payments of interest or dividends on, and net gains recognized from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of our securities (unless the securities are held in connection with certain trades or businesses), less certain deductions. Prospective investors in our securities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of our stock.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders of Our Stock. Whether an investment in the shares of our stock is appropriate for a non-U.S. holder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a non-U.S. holder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our stock.
Subject to the discussions below, distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to non-U.S. holders (including interest income and net short-term capital gain) are generally expected to be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. Special certification requirements apply to a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) withholding tax described in this paragraph.
In addition, with respect to certain distributions made by RICs to non-U.S. holders, no withholding is required and the distributions generally are not subject to U.S. federal income tax if (i) the distributions are properly reported in a notice timely delivered to our stockholders as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. Depending on the circumstances, we may report all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as derived from such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gain, and a portion of our distributions, which may be significant (e.g., interest from non-U.S. sources or any foreign currency gains) would be ineligible for this potential exemption from withholding. Moreover, in the case of shares of our stock held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld U.S. federal income tax even if we designated the payment as derived from such qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Hence, no assurance can be provided as to whether any amount of our dividends or distributions will be eligible for this exemption from withholding or if eligible, will be reported as such by us.
Actual or deemed distributions of our net long-term capital gains to a non-U.S. holder, and gains realized by a non-U.S. holder upon the sale of our stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless, (i) the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the distributions or gains and certain other conditions are met.
If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a non-U.S. holder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the non-U.S. holder would be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the non-U.S. holder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate non-U.S. holder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a non-U.S. holder.
85
Non-U.S. holders may also be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their investment in our shares.
Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, if a U.S. holder recognizes a loss with respect to our securities of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. holder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. holder in any single tax year (or a greater loss over a combination of tax years), the U.S. holder may be required to file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct U.S. holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but, under current guidance, U.S. holders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. holders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement. U.S. holders of our stock should consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these Treasury Regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. A U.S. holder (other than an “exempt recipient,” including a “C” corporation and certain other persons who, when required, demonstrate their exempt status) may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% on, and will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to, payments of principal or interest (including OID, if any) on, and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of, our securities. In general, if a non-corporate U.S. holder subject to information reporting fails to furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements, backup withholding at the applicable rate may apply.
A non-U.S. holder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on distributions unless the non-U.S. holder provides us or the distribution paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or an acceptable substitute form, or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in your particular circumstance and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
FATCA Withholding on Payments to Certain Foreign Entities. FATCA generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on (i) payments of dividends made with respect to shares of our stock and (ii) gross proceeds from the disposition of our stock to certain non-U.S. entities (including, in some circumstances, where such an entity is acting as an intermediary) that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with certain certification and information reporting requirements. FATCA withholding taxes apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from withholding taxes pursuant to an applicable tax treaty with the United States or under U.S. domestic law. Stockholders may be requested to provide additional information to enable the applicable withholding agent to determine whether withholding is required. Proposed Treasury Regulations, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the application of withholding imposed under FATCA with respect to payments of gross proceeds. Pursuant to these proposed Treasury Regulations, the Company and any other applicable withholding agent may (but is not required to) rely on this proposed change to FATCA withholding until final regulations are issued or until such proposed Treasury Regulations are rescinded. Prospective holders of in our securities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA rules for them based on their particular circumstances.
The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only and is not tax advice. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of an investment in our securities, including the possible effect of any pending legislation or proposed regulations.
86
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, see our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.
Capital Stock
Our authorized stock consists of [450,000,000] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and [50,000,000] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.
The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of [ ], 2024:
(1) Title of Class |
(2) Amount Authorized |
(3) Amount Held by Us or for Our Account |
(4) Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under (3) |
|||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share | [450,000,000] shares | [ ] | [ ] | |||||||||
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share | [50,000,000] shares | [ ] | [ ] |
Common Stock
All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends, and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by the board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion, or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by U.S. federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. If we issue preferred stock, costs of the offering will be borne immediately at such time by the holders of our common stock and result in a reduction of the NAV per share of our common stock at that time. We may issue preferred stock within the first twelve months following the completion of this offering. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by the DGCL and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest.
87
For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the certificate of designation and the offering documents relating to such series will describe:
● | the designation and number of shares of such series; |
● | the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating; |
● | any provisions relating to convertibility or exchange ability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series; |
● | the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs; |
● | the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series; |
● | any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series; |
● | any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding; |
● | any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities; |
● | if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and |
● | any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. |
All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be of equal rank and identical except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of our common stock is made, we maintain an asset coverage ratio of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, and (3) such class of stock have complete priority over any other class of stock as to distribution of assets and payment of dividends or other distributions, which shall be cumulative. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.
88
Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses. The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) acted in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.
DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees, and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
Our certificate of incorporation provides for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.
89
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. The DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures may delay, defer, or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operations. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms. Our board of directors has considered these provisions and has determined that the provisions are in the best interests of us and our stockholders generally.
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
● | prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
● | upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or |
● | on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:
● | any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; |
● | any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; |
● | subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; |
● | any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or |
● | the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.
The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
90
Election of Directors. Our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of a plurality of all votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be sufficient to elect a director. Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.
For so long as any series of our preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of our preferred stock, voting as a class, will be entitled to elect two of our directors.
Classified Board of Directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors.
However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified board such as our board of directors may be removed only for cause, by the affirmative vote of stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and subject to applicable stockholder election requirements of the 1940 Act, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.
Action by Stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals. Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting, or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.
The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.
91
Stockholder Meetings. Our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, in lieu of a meeting, any such action may be taken by unanimous written consent of our stockholders. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our bylaws provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of stockholders may be called by the secretary at the request of our board of directors, the chairperson of the board and our chief executive officer.
Conflict with the 1940 Act. Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.
Exclusive Forum. Our bylaws provide that, except for any claims, suits, actions, or proceedings arising under the federal securities laws, unless the Company consents to the selection of an alternative forum in writing, the Court of Chancery, or if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any director or officer or other agent of the Company to the Company or to the stockholders of the Company, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any Director or officer or other agent of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any Director or officer or other agent of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our bylaws also provide that any claims, suits, actions, or proceedings arising under the federal securities laws shall e exclusively brought in the federal district courts of the United States of America.
Control Share Acquisitions. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who obtains beneficial ownership of shares of common stock in a “Control Share Acquisition” shall have no voting rights with respect to such shares except to the extent authorized by our stockholders of the Company. Such authorization shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of the Company entitled to vote on the matter, excluding interested shares. Interested shares include shares held by the Company officers, any trustee of the Company who is an interested person of the Company and any person who has acquired shares in a Control Share Acquisition (the “Control Share Provisions”). Our bylaws define a “Control Share Acquisition,” pursuant to various conditions and exceptions, to include an acquisition of shares that would give the beneficial owner, upon the acquisition of such shares, the ability to exercise voting power, but for the Control Share Provisions, in the election of directors in any of the following ranges: (i) one-tenth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; (ii) one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power; or (iii) a majority of all voting power. For this purpose, all shares acquired by a person within 90 days before or after the date on which such person acquires shares that result in a Control Share Acquisition, and all shares acquired by such person pursuant to a plan to make a Control Share Acquisition, shall be deemed to have been acquired in the same Control Share Acquisition. Subject to various conditions and procedural requirements, including the delivery of a “Control Share Acquisition Statement” to the Company setting forth certain required information, a stockholder who obtains or proposes to obtain beneficial ownership of shares in a Control Share Acquisition generally may request a vote of stockholders to approve the authorization of voting rights of such stockholder with respect to such shares at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the Control Share Acquisition.
92
Potential Conversion to Open-End Fund
We may be converted to an open-end management investment company at any time if approved by each of the following: (i) a majority of our directors then in office, (ii) the holders of not less than 75% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, and (iii) such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. The composition of our portfolio likely could prohibit us from complying with regulations of the SEC applicable to open-end management investment companies. Accordingly, conversion likely would require significant changes in our investment policies and may require liquidation of a substantial portion of relatively illiquid portions of its portfolio, to the extent such positions are held. In the event of conversion, the shares of our common stock would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. Any outstanding shares of our preferred stock would be redeemed by us prior to such conversion. Our board of directors believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given our investment objectives and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end management investment company. Stockholders of an open-end management investment company may require the open-end management investment company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. We would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If we were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares of our common stock would be sold at NAV plus a sales load.
Repurchase of Shares and Other Discount Measures
In recognition of the possibility that shares of our common stock might trade at a discount to the NAV of such shares and that any such discount may not be in the interest of the holders of our common stock, the board of directors, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time will review possible actions to reduce any such discount, including open market repurchases and/or tender offers for shares our common stock. In this respect, if, after [ ] from the date shares of our common stock are first listed on the [ ], shares of our common stock trade at an average discount to NAV of more than [ ]% based on the average daily closing stock price over any [ ]-month period, subject to (1) approval of the board of directors, and (2) compliance with any applicable 1940 Act restrictions (including any applicable asset coverage requirement), and with contractual obligations under any applicable debt financing, including any credit facilities which we may have at such time, we currently intend to announce a stock repurchase program pursuant to which we would repurchase in the open market a specified percentage (up to [ ]%) of our then-outstanding shares of common stock over a [ ]-month period. We refer to such a program in this prospectus as a “Repurchase Program.” If initiated, we currently expect that we would halt a Repurchase Program once shares of our common stock cease to trade at a discount to NAV of more than [ ]% based on the average daily stock price over any [ ] period during the operation of such Repurchase Program. We expect that repurchases of shares of our common stock pursuant to a Repurchase Program will be funded with our available cash or proceeds from asset liquidations. If we announce a Repurchase Program during a calendar year as described above, we do not currently intend to announce a subsequent Repurchase Program in the same calendar year or within the following [ ].
While it is our current intention to implement a Repurchase Program in the circumstances described above, there are no assurances that the board of directors will approve any Repurchase Program or that, if initiated, a Repurchase Program will reduce or eliminate any discount to NAV per share. The factors that the board of directors may consider in determining whether to approve a Repurchase Program or any other action intended to reduce a discount in the trading price of our common stock include, but are not limited to, the market price of shares of our common stock, the NAV per share of our common stock, the liquidity of our assets, the effect on our expenses, whether such transactions would impair our status as a RIC or result in a failure to comply with applicable asset coverage requirements, whether the use of cash or sale of portfolio securities is desirable under current market conditions, any restrictions in or other impacts on our contractual arrangements, compliance with applicable law, any potential other courses of action, any applicable conflicts of interest, general economic conditions, and such other events or conditions that which may have a material effect on our ability to consummate such transactions.
93
[ ] is acting as representative of the several underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated [ ], each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
Underwriter | Number of Shares |
|||
Total |
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of our common stock are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all shares of our common stock offered by us (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares of our common stock.
The underwriters propose to initially offer some shares of our common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some shares of our common stock to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $ [ ] per share of common stock. The sales load payable of $ [ ] per share of common stock (excluding shares sold to our board of directors, the Adviser, its affiliates, employees of the Adviser and its affiliates, and certain other persons if agreed with the underwriters) is equal to [ ]% of the public offering price and will be paid solely by the Adviser or its affiliates. Investors must pay for any shares purchased in this offering on or before [ ]. The representative has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The underwriters hold an option, exercisable for [ ] days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to [ ] additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
We and the Administrator, and each of our directors and officers have agreed, for a period of [ ] days from the date of this prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of [ ] on behalf of the underwriters, issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or agree to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge any shares of, our common stock or other securities of the company, including preferred stock, provided; however, that we may issue and sell shares pursuant to the DRIP and each party may sell under other limited exceptions. [ ], in its sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.
[As part of this offering, an aggregate of $[ ] of shares have been reserved for the Adviser, its affiliates, employees of the Adviser and its affiliates, who have agreed to purchase such shares at the public offering price per share.]
We intend to apply for listing on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “[SPMC].”
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering (excluding sales load), together with our offering expenses incurred prior to this offering period, will be approximately $[ ], which will be paid by the Adviser or its affiliates.
94
The following table shows the sales load to be paid to the underwriters solely by the Adviser or its affiliates in connection with this offering (excluding shares sold to our board of directors, the Adviser, its affiliates, employees of the Adviser, and its affiliates and certain other persons if agreed with the underwriters). These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
No Exercise | Full Exercise | |||||||
Per share | $ | $ | ||||||
Total | $ | $ |
In addition, the Company has agreed to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by [ ], as representative to the several underwriters, in an amount up to $[ ].
We, the Adviser, and the Administrator have each agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
Certain underwriters may make a market in our common stock. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriter. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, shares of our common stock as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This prospectus is to be used by the underwriters in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.
In connection with the offering, [ ], on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions, and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of shares in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when [ ] repurchases shares of our common stock originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of shares. They may also cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the [ ], or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
95
This prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representative will allocate shares of our common stock to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares of our common stock may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.
We anticipate that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
Certain underwriters may have performed investment banking and financial advisory services for us, the Adviser and our affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us, the Adviser and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business.
The principal business addresses of the representative of the underwriters is: [ ].
96
REGULATION AS A CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY
General
As a registered closed-end management investment company, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, unless authorized by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, we may not:
● | change our classification to an open-end management investment company; |
● | alter any of our fundamental policies, which are set forth below in “— Investment Restrictions”; or |
● | change the nature of our business so as to cease to be an investment company. |
A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company.
As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a registered closed-end management investment company must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of our directors must be persons who are not “interested persons” of us, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the closed-end management investment company against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a registered closed-end management investment company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates absent exemptive relief or other prior approval by the SEC.
We will generally not be able to issue and sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then current NAV per share (exclusive of any distributing commission or discount). See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a registered closed-end management investment company affect our ability to raise additional capital and the way in which we do so. The raising of debt capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.” We may, however, sell shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current NAV per share if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock, approves such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below NAV in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.
As a registered closed-end management investment company, we may use leverage as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. We are permitted to obtain leverage using any form of financial leverage instruments, including funds borrowed from banks or other financial institutions, margin facilities, notes, or preferred stock and leverage attributable to reverse repurchase agreements or similar transactions. Instruments that create leverage are generally considered to be senior securities under the 1940 Act. With respect to senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., borrowing or deemed borrowing), other than temporary borrowings as defined under the 1940 Act, we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 300%, as measured at the time of borrowing and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount of our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness. With respect to senior securities that are stocks (i.e., shares of preferred stock), we are required under current law to have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as measured at the time of the issuance of any such shares of preferred stock and calculated as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) over the aggregate amount our outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. If our asset coverage declines below 300% (or 200%, as applicable), we would not be able to incur additional debt or issue additional preferred stock, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make certain distributions, pay dividends, or repurchase shares of our common stock. In addition, we may borrow for temporary or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act, which indebtedness would be in addition to the asset coverage requirements described above.
97
Leveraged Transactions. Certain portfolio management techniques, such as entering into certain Derivative Transactions, or purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, that may be considered senior securities under the 1940 Act. We intend to elect to rely on the limited derivatives users exception under Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act and otherwise comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to such transactions and therefore may enter into such transactions notwithstanding certain requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act subject to the conditions under the rule as follows. We may change the election and comply with the other provisions of Rule 18f-4 related to derivatives transactions at any time and without notice. To satisfy the limited derivatives users exception, we have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage our derivatives risk and limit our derivatives exposure in accordance with Rule 18f-4. Rule 18f-4 also permits us to enter into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions notwithstanding the senior security provisions of the 1940 Act if we aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with our reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating our asset coverage ratios as discussed above or treat all such transactions as derivatives transactions for all purposes under Rule 18f-4. However, these transactions may represent a form of economic leverage and will create risks. The potential loss on such instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein and compliance with Rule 18f-4 will not limit or offset losses on related positions.
Investment Restrictions
Our investment objectives and our investment policies and strategies described in this prospectus, except for the seven investment restrictions designated as fundamental policies under this caption, are not fundamental and may be changed by the board of directors without stockholder approval.
As referred to above, the following seven investment restrictions are designated as fundamental policies and, as such, cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities:
(1) | We may not issue senior securities (including borrowing money), except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction; |
(2) | We may not engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that we may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities; |
(3) | We may not purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the purchase or sale of physical commodities. Physical commodities do not include futures contracts with respect to securities, securities indices, currency or other financial instruments; |
(4) | We may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that we reserve freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of our ownership of securities; |
(5) | We may not make loans, except to the extent consistent with our investment objectives and our investment policies and strategies described in this prospectus or otherwise permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff, or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff, or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction. For purposes of this investment restriction, the purchase of debt obligations (including acquisitions of loans, loan participations, or other forms of debt instruments) shall not constitute loans by us; and |
(6) | We may not invest in any security if as a result of such investment, 25% or more of the value of our total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry or group of industries except (a) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities or tax-exempt securities of state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions (however, not including private purpose industrial development bonds issued on behalf of non-government issuers), (b) as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and as modified or supplemented from time to time by (i) the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, and (ii) any exemption or other relief applicable to us from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or (c) as set forth in the following paragraph. For purposes of this restriction, in the case of investments in loan participations between us and a bank or other lending institution participating out the loan, we will treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers.” |
98
We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities issued by CLO vehicles and in corporate debt instruments, which may be acquired directly in privately negotiated transactions or in secondary market purchases.
The latter part of certain of our fundamental investment restrictions (i.e., the references to “except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, the SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction”) provides us with flexibility to change our limitations in connection with changes in applicable law, rules, regulations, or exemptive relief. The language used in these restrictions provides the necessary flexibility to allow our board of directors to respond efficiently to these kinds of developments without the delay and expense of a stockholder meeting.
Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in this prospectus states a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be determined immediately after and as a result of our acquisition of such security or asset. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets, or other circumstances will not compel us to dispose of such security or other asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we must always be in compliance with the borrowing policies set forth above.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refers to Sound Point Meridian Management.
Introduction
An investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.
These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
Proxy Policies
Based on the nature of our investment strategy, we do not expect to receive proxy proposals but may from time to time receive amendments, consents or resolutions applicable to investments held by us. It is our general policy to vote proxies only where we believe that the vote is likely to have a material positive economic impact (or to avoid a material negative economic impact) on the value of the underlying credit position (taking into account any related hedges) or the short-term trading strategy employed. If we do not believe the exercise of a proxy vote right will have a material economic impact, we generally will not exercise our voting authority with respect to a proxy. In addition, we may elect to not vote a proxy if the cost of voting, or time commitment required to vote a proxy outweighs the expected benefits of voting the proxy. We may occasionally be subject to material conflicts of interest in voting proxies due to business or personal relationships we maintain with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. If at any time we become aware of a material conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, our chief compliance officer will review the proposal and determine how to vote the proxy in a manner consistent with interests of the Company’s stockholders.
99
Proxy Voting Records
Information regarding how we voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge: (1) upon request, by calling toll free (212) 895-2293; and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152.
Privacy Policy
We are committed to protecting your privacy. This privacy notice explains our privacy policies and those of our affiliated companies. The terms of this notice apply to both current and former stockholders. We are committed to safeguarding all non-public personal information we receive about you. With regard to this information, we have developed policies that are designed to protect this information, while allowing stockholder needs to be served.
When you purchase shares of our common stock and in the course of providing you with products and services, we and certain of our service providers, such as a transfer agent, may collect non-public personal information about you, such as your name, address, social security number, or tax identification number. This information may come from sources such as account applications and other forms, from other written, electronic, or verbal correspondence, from your transactions, from your brokerage or financial advisory firm, financial adviser or consultant, and/or information captured on applicable websites.
We do not disclose any non-public personal information provided by you or gathered by us to non-affiliated third parties, except as permitted or required by law or for our everyday business purposes, such as to process transactions or service your account. For example, we may share your personal information in order to send you annual and semiannual reports, proxy statements, and other information required by law. We may disclose your non-public personal information to unaffiliated third-party financial service providers (which may include a custodian, transfer agent, accountant, or financial printer) who need to know that information in order to provide services to you or to us. These companies are required to protect your information and use it solely for the purpose for which they received it or as otherwise permitted by law. We may also provide your non-public personal information to your brokerage or financial advisory firm and/or to your financial adviser or consultant, as well as to professional advisors, such as accountants, lawyers and consultants.
We reserve the right to disclose or report personal or account information to non-affiliated third parties in limited circumstances where we believe in good faith that disclosure is required by law, such as in accordance with a court order or at the request of government regulators or law enforcement authorities or to protect our rights or property. We may also disclose your personal information to a non-affiliated third party at your request or if you consent in writing to the disclosure.
100
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES
Our primary investment strategies are described elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a description of the various investment policies that may be engaged in, whether as a primary or secondary strategy, and a summary of certain attendant risks. The Adviser may not buy any of the following instruments or use any of the following techniques unless it believes that doing so will help to achieve our investment objectives.
Investment in Debt Securities, Other Types of Credit Instruments and Other Credit Investments
Loan Accumulation Facilities. We may invest capital in loan accumulation facilities, which are short- to medium-term facilities often provided by the bank that will serve as the placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and which acquire loans on an interim basis that are expected to form part of the portfolio of such future CLO. Investments in loan accumulation facilities have risks that are similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs as described in this prospectus. In addition, there typically will be no assurance that the future CLO will be consummated or that the loans held in such a facility are eligible for purchase by the CLO. Furthermore, we likely will have no consent rights in respect of the loans to be acquired in such a facility and in the event we do have any consent rights, they will be limited. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, we may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose us primarily to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks. Loan accumulation facilities typically incur leverage from four to six times prior to a CLO’s closing and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities that employ leverage.
Debt Securities. We may invest in debt securities, including debt securities rated below-investment grade, or “junk” securities. Debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers in which we may invest are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk).
Senior Secured Loans. This category of investments primarily includes Assignments of performing senior secured loans to corporate borrowers. Senior secured loans are typically acquired through both primary bank syndications and in the secondary market. In most cases, a senior secured loan will be secured by specific collateral of the issuer. Historically, many of these investments have traded at or near par (i.e., 100% of face value), although they more recently have traded at greater discounts on the current market environment, the Adviser may also purchase stressed and distressed senior secured loans at a material discount to par, if the Adviser believes that there are attractive opportunities to generate capital appreciation by making such investments.
Senior secured loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, or internal growth. Senior secured loans generally are negotiated between a borrower and several financial institution lenders represented by one or more lenders acting as agent of all the lenders. The agent is responsible for negotiating the loan agreement that establishes the terms and conditions of the senior secured loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. We will primarily purchase Assignments of portions of senior secured loans from third parties and may invest in participations in senior secured loans. Senior secured loans have the most senior position in a borrower’s capital structure or share the senior position with other senior debt securities of the borrower. This capital structure position generally gives holders of senior secured loans a priority claim on some or all of the borrower’s assets in the event of default and therefore the lenders will be paid before certain other creditors of the borrower.
Senior secured loans also have contractual terms designed to protect lenders. These covenants may include mandatory prepayment out of excess cashflows, restrictions on dividend payments, the maintenance of minimum financial ratios, limits on indebtedness and other financial tests. Breach of these covenants generally is an event of default and, if not waived by the lenders, may give lenders the right to accelerate principal and interest payments. Other senior secured loans may be issued with less restrictive covenants which are often referred to as “covenant-lite” transactions. In a “covenant-lite” loan, the covenants that require the borrower to “maintain” certain financial ratios are eliminated altogether, and the lenders are left to rely only on covenants that restrict a company from “incurring” or actively engaging certain action. But a covenant that only restricts a company from incurring new debt cannot be violated simply by a deteriorating financial condition, the company has to take affirmative action to breach it. The impact of these covenant-lite transactions may be to retard the speed with which lenders will be able to take control over troubled deals. We generally acquire senior secured loans of borrowers that, among other things, in the Adviser’s judgment, can make timely payments on their senior secured loans and that satisfy other credit standards established by the Adviser.
101
When we purchase first and second lien senior floating rate loans and other floating rate debt securities, coupon rates are floating, not fixed and are tied to a benchmark lending rate, the most popular of which is SOFR. The interest rates of these floating rate debt securities vary periodically based upon a benchmark indicator of prevailing interest rates.
When we purchase an Assignment, we succeed to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. These rights include the ability to vote along with the other lenders on such matters as enforcing the terms of the loan agreement (e.g., declaring defaults, initiating collection action, etc.). Taking such actions typically requires a vote of the lenders holding at least a majority of the investment in the loan, and may require a vote by lenders holding two-thirds or more of the investment in the loan. Because we typically do not hold a majority of the investment in any loan, we will not be able by ourselves to control decisions that require a vote by the lenders.
High Yield Securities. We may invest in high yielding, fixed income securities rated below-investment grade (e.g., rated below “Baa3” by Moody’s or below “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch). Below-investment grade and unrated securities are also sometimes referred to as “junk” securities.
Ratings are based largely on the historical financial condition of the issuer. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate. We may invest in comparable quality unrated securities that, in the opinion of the Adviser, offer comparable yields and risks to those securities that are rated.
Debt obligations rated in the lower ratings categories, or which are unrated, involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of principal and income. In addition, lower ratings reflect a greater possibility of an adverse change in financial condition affecting the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal.
The market price and liquidity of lower-rated fixed income securities generally respond to short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than do the price and liquidity of higher-rated securities because such developments are perceived to have a more direct relationship to the ability of an issuer of such lower rated securities to meet its ongoing debt obligations.
Reduced volume and liquidity in the high yield bond market or the reduced availability of market quotations will make it more difficult to dispose of the bonds and to value accurately our assets. The reduced availability of reliable, objective data may increase our reliance on management’s judgment in valuing high yield bonds. In addition, our investments in high yield securities may be susceptible to adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not justified by fundamental factors. Our investments, and consequently our NAV, will be subject to the market fluctuations and risks inherent in all securities.
Synthetic Securities Risk. We may acquire loans through investment in synthetic securities or interests in lease agreements that have the general characteristics of loans and are treated as loans for withholding tax purposes. In addition to the credit risks associated with directly or indirectly holding senior secured loans and high-yield debt securities, with respect to synthetic strategy, we will usually have a contractual relationship only with the counterparty of such synthetic security, and not with the reference obligor of the reference obligation. We generally will have no right to directly enforce compliance by the reference obligor with the terms of the reference obligation nor will it have any rights of setoff against the reference obligor or rights with respect to the reference obligation. We will not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the reference obligation and will not have the benefit of the remedies that would normally be available to a holder of such reference obligation. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of the counterparty, we may be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the reference obligation. Consequently, we will be subject to the credit risk of the counterparty as well as that of the reference obligor. As a result, concentrations of synthetic securities in any one counterparty subject us to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty as well as by the reference obligor.
Defaulted Securities. We may invest in defaulted securities. The risk of loss due to default may be considerably greater with lower-quality securities because they are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other debt of the issuer. Investing in defaulted debt securities involves risks such as the possibility of complete loss of the investment where the issuer does not restructure to enable it to resume principal and interest payments. If the issuer of a security in our portfolio defaults, we may have unrealized losses on the security, which may lower our NAV. Defaulted securities tend to lose much of their value before they default. Thus, our NAV may be adversely affected before an issuer defaults. In addition, we may incur additional expenses if it must try to recover principal or interest payments on a defaulted security.
102
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits. We may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances acquired by us will be dollar-denominated obligations of domestic banks, savings and loan associations or financial institutions at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government. In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under our investment objectives and policies stated in this prospectus, we may make interest-bearing time or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.
Commercial Paper and Short-Term Notes. We may invest a portion of our assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year. Commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality.
CLO Class M Notes, Fee Notes and Participation Agreements. We may acquire CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements with CLO collateral managers. There is not an active secondary market for CLO Class M notes, fee notes and participation agreements. Further, CLO Class M notes, fee notes, and participation agreements may have significant restrictions on transfer and require continued ownership of certain amounts of CLO equity in the related CLO for the instrument to be valid. CLO Class M notes, fee notes, and participation agreements are also subject to the risk of early call of the CLO, and may have no make-whole or other yield protection provisions.
Zero Coupon Securities. Among the debt securities in which we may invest are zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date when the securities begin paying current interest. They are issued and traded at a discount from their face amount or par value, which discount varies depending on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality. Original issue discount earned on zero coupon securities must be included in our income. Thus, to quality for tax treatment as a RIC and to avoid a certain excise tax on undistributed income, we may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash we actually receive. These distributions must be made from our cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. We will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions, and our current income ultimately could be reduced as a result.
U.S. Government Securities. We may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by agencies, instrumentalities, and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. Government. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S.; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, or “FHLBs,” or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or “FHLMC,” are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, or “FNMA,” are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality, or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, such as the FHLBs, FHLMC, FNMA, and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks.
103
Although legislation has been enacted to support certain government sponsored entities, including the FHLBs, FHLMC, and FNMA, there is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory, or economic changes that could impact the government sponsored entities and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities, including FNMA and FHLMC, have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight, and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability, or investment character of securities issued by these entities. U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of debt securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other debt securities, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in our NAV.
Distressed Securities
We may invest in distressed investments including loans, loan participations, or bonds, many of which are not publicly traded and which may involve a substantial degree of risk. In certain periods, there may be little or no liquidity in the markets for these securities or instruments. In addition, the prices of such securities or instruments may be subject to periods of abrupt and erratic market movements and above-average price volatility. It may be more difficult to value such securities and the spread between the bid and asked prices of such securities may be greater than normally expected. If the Adviser’s evaluation of the risks and anticipated outcome of an investment in a distressed security should prove incorrect, we may lose a substantial portion or all of our investment or we may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than our original investment.
Equity Securities
We may hold long and short positions in common stocks, preferred stocks, and convertible securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers. We also may invest in depositary receipts or shares relating to non-U.S. securities. Equity securities fluctuate in value, often based on factors unrelated to the fundamental economic condition of the issuer of the securities, including general economic and market conditions, and these fluctuations can be pronounced. We may purchase securities in all available securities trading markets and may invest in equity securities without restriction as to market capitalization, such as those issued by smaller capitalization companies, including micro cap companies.
Investment in Other Investment Companies
We may invest in securities of other investment companies subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. These limitations include in certain circumstances a prohibition against us acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of our total assets in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of our total assets in securities of all investment companies. We may invest in other investment companies in excess of these limits in reliance on Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act. These investments would be subject to the applicable conditions of Rule 12d1-4, which in part could affect or otherwise impose certain limits on the investments and operations of the underlying investment company (notably such investment company’s ability to invest in other investment companies and private funds, which include certain structured finance vehicles).
We will indirectly bear our proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies, in addition to the fees and expenses that we regularly bear. Although we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, we are authorized to invest substantially all of our assets in a single, open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objectives, policies and fundamental restrictions as us.
104
Exchange-Traded Notes (“ETNs”)
We may invest in ETNs. ETNs are a type of senior, unsecured, unsubordinated debt security issued by financial institutions that combines both aspects of bonds and Exchange-Traded Funds, or “ETFs.” An ETN’s returns are based on the performance of a market index minus fees and expenses. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return linked to the performance of the market index to which the ETN is linked minus certain fees. Unlike regular bonds, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of an ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying asset. When we invest in ETNs we will bear our proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. Our decision to sell our ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market. In addition, although an ETN may be listed on an exchange, the issuer may not be required to maintain the listing and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will exist for an ETN.
Preferred Securities
Preferred securities in which we may invest include trust preferred securities, monthly income preferred securities, quarterly income bond securities, quarterly income debt securities, quarterly income preferred securities, corporate trust securities, traditional preferred stock, contingent-capital securities, hybrid securities (which have characteristics of both equity and fixed-income instruments), and public income notes. Preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes or preferred securities, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature, in that they have stated maturity dates.
Investment in Relatively New Issuers
We may invest in the securities of new issuers. Investments in relatively new issuers, i.e., those having continuous operating histories of less than three years, may carry special risks and may be more speculative because such issuers are relatively unseasoned. Such issuers may also lack sufficient resources, may be unable to generate internally the funds necessary for growth and may find external financing to be unavailable on favorable terms or even totally unavailable. Certain issuers may be involved in the development or marketing of a new product with no established market, which could lead to significant losses. Securities of such issuers may have a limited trading market which may adversely affect their disposition and can result in their being priced lower than might otherwise be the case. If other investors who invest in such issuers seek to sell the same securities when we attempt to dispose of our holdings, we may receive lower prices than might otherwise be the case.
Demand Deposit Accounts
We may hold a significant portion of our cash assets in interest-bearing or non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts at our custodian or another depository institution insured by the FDIC. The FDIC is an independent agency of the U.S. government, and FDIC deposit insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. We expect to hold cash that exceeds the amounts insured by the FDIC for such accounts. As a result, in the event of a failure of a depository institution where we hold such cash, our cash is subject to the risk of loss.
Simultaneous Investments
Investment decisions, made by the Adviser on our behalf, are made independently from those of the other funds and accounts advised by the Adviser and its affiliates. If, however, such other accounts wish to invest in, or dispose of, the same securities as us, available investments will be allocated equitably between us and other accounts. This procedure may adversely affect the size of the position we obtain or disposed of or the price we pay.
105
Short Sales
When we engage in a short sale of a security, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. We may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that we replace the borrowed security, we will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, we will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above.
To the extent we engage in short sales, we will provide collateral to the broker-dealer. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that we contemporaneously own, or have the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. We may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder. To the extent we engage in short selling in foreign (non-U.S.) jurisdictions, we will do so to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.
106
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. The following table sets forth certain ownership information with respect to shares of our common stock held by (1) those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and (2) all of our officers and directors, as a group. The table shows such ownership as of [ ], as well as the effect on such ownership as a result of the offering made pursuant to this prospectus, assuming the issuance of [ ] shares of common stock.
Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1) Immediately Prior to Offering |
Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1) Immediately Following the Offering(2) |
|||||||||||||||
Name and Address | Number | % | Number | % | ||||||||||||
All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)(3) | [ ] | [ ] | [*] | [*] |
* | Represents less than 1.0%. |
(1) | Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. |
(2) | Figures presented reflect pro forma ownership assuming the issuance of [ ] shares of common stock offered hereby. |
(3) | The address of each of our officers and directors is c/o Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152. In the aggregate, all officers and directors as a group own less than [ ] percent of our common stock on a pro forma basis. |
107
Since we expect to acquire and dispose of most of our investments in privately negotiated transactions or in the over-the-counter markets, we will generally not be required to pay a stated brokerage commission. However, to the extent a broker-dealer is involved in a transaction, the price we pay or receive, as applicable, may reflect a mark-up or mark-down. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. The Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
108
Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP. Dechert LLP also represents the Adviser. Certain matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by [ ], [ ].
Our portfolio securities are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association.
SS&C GIDS, Inc. serves as our transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and stockholder servicing agent, as well as administrator for our DRIP. The principal business address of SS&C GIDS, Inc. is 333 West 11th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.
KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), independent auditors located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154, United States of America, serves as the independent auditors to Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP. The financial statements of Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP audited by KPMG have been included in reliance on their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
[ ], an independent registered public accounting firm located at [ ], United States of America, has been appointed as our independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements audited by [ ] have been included in reliance on their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 (file numbers 333-272541 and 811-23881), together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. Our registration statement may be obtained from the SEC at www.sec.gov.
We will file with or submit to the SEC annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. This information is available free of charge by writing us at Sound Point Meridian Capital Inc., 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152, Attention: Investor Relations, by telephone at (212) 895-2293.
As noted above, this prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. We are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.
109
[To be filed by amendment.]
F-1
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A-1
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT
DECEMBER 31, 2023
A-2
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
CONTENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report | A-4 | |
Financial Statements | ||
Statement of Assets, Liabilities and Partners’ Capital | A-6 | |
Statement of Operations | A-7 | |
Statement of Changes in Partners’ Capital | A-8 | |
Statement of Cash Flows | A-9 | |
Schedule of Investments | A-10 | |
Notes to the Financial Statements | A-11 – A-19 |
A-3
![]() |
KPMG LLP 345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154-0102 |
Independent Auditors’ Report
To the Partners
Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP:
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP (the Fund), which comprise the statement of assets, liabilities and partners’ capital, including the schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2023, and the related statements of operations, changes in partners’ capital, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Fund as of December 31, 2023, and the results of its operations, changes in its partners’ capital, and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Fund, and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.
KPMG LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership and a member firm of
the KPMG global organization of independent member firms affiliated with
KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee.
A-4
In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:
● | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. |
● | Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. |
● | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. |
● | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements. |
● | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.
New York, New York
March 26, 2024
A-5
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
STATEMENT OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
December 31, 2023
Assets | ||||
Investments, at fair value (cost $290,620,400) | $ | 298,122,371 | ||
Cash and cash equivalents | 4,992,416 | |||
Due from broker | 43,581 | |||
Interest receivable | 53,235 | |||
Total assets | $ | 303,211,603 | ||
Liabilities and partners’ capital | ||||
Liabilities | ||||
Capital withdrawals payable | $ | 8,273,402 | ||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 773,148 | |||
Total liabilities | 9,046,550 | |||
Partners’ capital | 294,165,053 | |||
Total liabilities and partners’ capital | $ | 303,211,603 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
A-6
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Investment income | ||||
Interest income | $ | 33,106,251 | ||
Other income | 13,270,177 | |||
Total investment income | 46,376,428 | |||
Expenses | ||||
Interest expense | 114,809 | |||
Administrative fee | 229,495 | |||
Management fee | 1,288,715 | |||
Professional fees and other expenses | 562,906 | |||
Total expenses | 2,195,925 | |||
Net investment income | 44,180,503 | |||
Realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments: | ||||
Net realized loss on investments | (1,070,947 | ) | ||
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments | 20,488,419 | |||
Net realized and unrealized gain on investments | 19,417,472 | |||
Net income | $ | 63,597,975 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
A-7
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS’ CAPITAL
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
General | Limited | |||||||||||
Partner | Partners | Total | ||||||||||
Partners’ capital, December 31, 2022 | $ | - | $ | 153,382,517 | $ | 153,382,517 | ||||||
Capital contributions | - | 85,500,000 | 85,500,000 | |||||||||
Capital distributions | (8,273,402 | ) | (42,037 | ) | (8,315,439 | ) | ||||||
Allocation of net income | ||||||||||||
Pro rata allocation | - | 63,597,975 | 63,597,975 | |||||||||
Performance allocation | 8,273,402 | (8,273,402 | ) | - | ||||||||
Partners’ capital, December 31, 2023 | $ | - | $ | 294,165,053 | $ | 294,165,053 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
A-8
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||
Net income | $ | 63,597,975 | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||
Purchases of investments | (168,681,487 | ) | ||
Proceeds from sales of investments | 12,020,339 | |||
Amortization of premiums and discounts on investments | 8,504,332 | |||
Net realized loss on investments | 1,070,947 | |||
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments | (20,488,419 | ) | ||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
Payable for investments purchased | (2,960,789 | ) | ||
Interest receivable | (26,423 | ) | ||
Due from broker | (43,581 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | 628,841 | |||
Net cash used in operating activities | (106,378,265 | ) | ||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||
Capital contributions | 85,500,000 | |||
Capital distributions, net of change in capital distributions payable | (42,037 | ) | ||
Proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements | 37,178,216 | |||
Paydown of reverse repurchase agreements | (37,178,216 | ) | ||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 85,457,963 | |||
Net change in cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash) | (20,920,302 | ) | ||
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash), beginning of year | 25,912,718 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents (including restricted cash), end of year | $ | 4,992,416 | ||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | ||||
Cash paid during the period for interest | $ | 114,809 |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
A-9
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
December 31, 2023
(1) | All securities are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and are deemed to be “restricted securities.” |
(2) | Variable rate investment. Interest rate shown reflects the rate in effect at the reporting date. Investment description includes the reference rate and spread. |
(3) | CLO equity is entitled to recurring distributions which are generally equal to the remaining cash flow of payments made by underlying assets less contractual payments to debt holders and fund expenses. The effective yield is estimated based on the current projection of the amount and timing of these recurring distributions in addition to the estimated amount of terminal principal payment. The effective yield and investment cost may ultimately not be realized. As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s weighted average effective yield on its aggregate CLO equity positions, based on current amortized cost, was 16.73%. |
(4) | Fair value includes the Company’s interest in fee rebates on CLO subordinated and income notes. |
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
A-10
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
1. Nature of operations and summary of significant accounting policies
Nature of Operations
Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP (the “Master Fund” or the “Company”) is an investment partnership which was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands on January 20, 2022 and commenced operations on February 17, 2022. The Master Fund is governed by the Second Amended and Restated Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement dated July 10, 2023. The Master Fund was organized for the purpose of investing in third party collateralized loan obligations (CLO) equity and mezzanine tranches of predominantly US-dollar denominated CLOs backed by corporate leveraged loans issued primarily to US obligors. The Master Fund’s investor is Sound Point Meridian Fund LP (the “Domestic Feeder Fund”). The Domestic Feeder Fund invests substantially all of its assets in the Master Fund. Sound Point Meridian Fund GP LLC (the “General Partner”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the general partner of the Master Fund and is responsible for its overall management.
The Master Fund is managed by Sound Point Capital Management, LP (the “Investment Manager”), a Delaware limited partnership, which is an affiliate of the General Partner and is a registered investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. At December 31, 2023, the Domestic Feeder Fund’s ownership percentage of the Master Fund is approximately 100%.
Basis of Presentation
The financial statements are expressed in United States Dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as detailed in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification. The Master Fund is an investment company and follows the accounting and reporting guidance of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies.
These financial statements were approved by management and made available for issuance on March 26, 2024. Subsequent events have been evaluated through this date.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash represents cash deposits held at financial institutions and are subject to credit risk to the extent those balances exceed applicable Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) limitations. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Master Fund maintained a cash account with a global investment bank.
Cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid investments of sufficient credit quality that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Cash equivalents are held for the purpose of meeting short-term liquidity requirements, rather than for investment purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Master Fund held cash equivalents in the amount of $4,992,416.
Restricted cash is subject to a legal or contractual restriction by third parties as well as restriction as to withdrawal or use, including restrictions that require the funds to be used for a specified purpose and restrictions that limit the purpose for which the funds can be used. At December 31, 2023, the Master Fund did not hold any restricted cash.
A-11
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Fair Value – Definition and Hierarchy
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Master Fund uses various valuation approaches. A fair value hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs are to be used when available. Observable inputs are those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Master Fund. Unobservable inputs reflect the Master Fund’s assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
The fair value hierarchy is categorized into three levels based on the inputs as follows:
Level 1 - Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Master Fund has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments are not applied to Level 1 investments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these investments does not entail a significant degree of judgment.
Level 2 - Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
The availability of valuation techniques and observable inputs can vary from investment to investment and are affected by a wide variety of factors, including the type of investment, whether the investment is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Those estimated values do not necessarily represent the amounts that may be ultimately realized due to the occurrence of future circumstances that cannot be reasonably determined. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may be materially higher or lower than the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investments existed. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Master Fund in determining fair value is greatest for investments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety, is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Master Fund’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Master Fund uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many investments. This condition could cause an investment to be reclassified to a lower level within the fair value hierarchy
A-12
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Fair Value – Valuation Techniques and Inputs
Collateralized Loan Obligations
The fair value of collateralized loan obligations and CLO warehouse facilities is determined by recently executed transactions or market price quotations (where observable) using the mean between bid and ask. In instances where significant inputs are unobservable or when multiple quotations are unavailable, the investments may be fair valued based on criteria such as the transaction price on entry, price of comparable securities or a discounted cash flow model to reflect expected exit values in the investment’s principal market under current market conditions; under such circumstances, these investments will be categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Master Fund may invest in certain special purpose vehicles for the purpose of holding syndicated bank loans during the warehouse period of an impending collateral loan obligation. During the warehouse period, the special purpose vehicles will secure investments and build a portfolio of primarily bank loans and other debt obligations. The warehouse period terminates when the collateralized loan obligation closes; at this time the underlying assets held by the special purpose vehicles are securitized into the collateralized loan obligation portfolio (the "Securitization Period"). During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Master Fund received distributions of approximately $13,270,177 from investments in special purpose vehicles that were within their respective warehouse periods. Such amounts are included in other income on the statement of operations. At the time the warehouse period terminates, and the Securitization Period begins, there is no realized gain or loss recognized.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Master Fund records reverse repurchase agreements at their contracted repurchase amounts payable. Interest on reverse repurchase agreements is included in interest payable in the consolidated statement of assets, liabilities, and partners’ capital.
Fair Value – Valuation Processes
The Investment Manager establishes valuation processes and procedures to ensure that the valuation techniques for investments are fair, consistent, and verifiable. The Investment Manager designates a Valuation Committee (the “Committee”) to oversee the entire valuation process of the Master Fund’s investments. The Committee is responsible for developing the Master Fund’s written valuation processes and procedures, conducting periodic reviews of the valuation policies, and evaluating the overall fairness and consistent application of the valuation policies.
The Committee meets on a monthly basis, or more frequently as needed, to determine the valuations of the Master Fund’s investments. Valuations determined by the Committee are required to be supported by market data, third-party pricing sources, industry accepted pricing models, counterparty prices, or other methods the Committee deems to be appropriate, including the use of internal proprietary pricing models.
Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income
Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined using cost calculated on the specific identification basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date and interest is recognized on the accrual basis. Premiums and discounts are amortized using the effective interest method over the lives of the respective investments. Discounts to the face amount of high-yield debt investments and other debt investments are not accreted to the extent that interest income is not expected to be realized.
A-13
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
ASC Topic 325-40, Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets, requires investment income from equity tranche investments in collateralized loan obligations to be recognized under the effective yield method, with any difference between cash distributed and the amount calculated pursuant to the effective yield method being recorded as an adjustment to the amortized cost basis of the investment. The interest income is calculated using the effective yield, based on the estimated cash flow expected to be collected over the life of the investment. Beginning January 1, 2023, it is the Master Fund’s policy to update the effective yield for each collateral loan obligation investment held within the portfolio on a quarterly basis. There is no material impact to the change in interest income recognized by the Master Fund.
Use of Estimates
Preparing financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including the fair value of investments, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Income Taxes
The Master Fund does not record a provision for U.S. federal, state, or local income taxes because the partners report their share of the Master Fund’s income or loss on their income tax returns. However, certain U.S. dividend income and interest income may be subject to a maximum 30% withholding tax and income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (“ECI”) may be subject to 21% withholding tax for those limited partners that are foreign entities or foreign individuals. Further, certain non-U.S. dividend income and interest income may be subject to a tax at prevailing treaty or standard withholding rates with the applicable country or local jurisdiction. The Master Fund files an income tax return in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and may file income tax returns in various U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions. Generally, the Master Fund is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities for all periods since inception.
The Master Fund is required to determine whether its tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions not deemed to meet a “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. Based on its analysis, the Master Fund has determined that it has not incurred any liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023. The Master Fund does not expect that its assessment regarding unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.
A-14
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
2. Fair value measurements
The Master Fund’s assets and liabilities recorded at fair value have been categorized based upon a fair value hierarchy as described in the Master Fund’s significant accounting policies in Note 1. The following table presents information about the Master Fund’s assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023:
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets (at fair value) | ||||||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||||||
Collateralized loan obligations | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 298,122,371 | $ | 298,122,371 | ||||||||
Total Assets (at fair value) | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 298,122,371 | $ | 298,122,371 |
Investments with a fair value of $298,122,371 in Level 3 are based on broker quotes.
The following table presents the changes in assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the year ended December 31, 2023 attributable to the following:
Purchases | Transfer into Level 3 |
Transfer out Level 3 |
||||||||||
Assets (at fair value) | ||||||||||||
Investments | ||||||||||||
Collateralized loan obligations | $ | 168,681,487 | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
Total Assets (at fair value) | $ | 168,681,487 | $ | - | $ | - |
Transfers into and out of Level 3 generally relate to whether significant unobservable inputs are used for the fair value measurements. See Note 1 for additional information related to the fair value hierarchy and valuation techniques and inputs.
3. Due from broker
Due from broker represents cash held with a broker.
In the normal course of business, the Master Fund’s investment transactions, money balances, and investment positions are transacted with the Master Fund’s custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon, N.A. The Master Fund is subject to credit risk to the extent any broker with which it conducts business is unable to fulfill contractual obligations on its behalf.
4. Receivable for investments sold and payable for investments purchased
Receivable for investments sold represents the amount of proceeds due to the Master Fund for investments sold as of December 31, 2023. Payable for investments purchased represents the amount due to counterparties for investments purchased as of December 31, 2023.
A-15
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
5. Risk factors
Investment Risk Factors and Concentration of Investments
The following list is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of the potential risks associated with the Company. The Company’s prospectus provides a detailed discussion of the Company’s risks and considerations. The risks described in the prospectus are not the only risks the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to the Company or that are currently deemed to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
Risks of Investing in CLOs and Other Structured Debt Securities
CLOs and other structured finance securities are generally backed by a pool of credit-related assets that serve as collateral. Accordingly, CLO and structured finance securities present risks similar to those of other types of credit investments, including default (credit), interest rate and prepayment risks. In addition, CLOs and other structured finance securities are often governed by a complex series of legal documents and contracts, which increases the risk of dispute over the interpretation and enforceability of such documents relative to other types of investments.
Subordinated Securities Risk
CLO equity and junior debt securities that the Company may acquire are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLO equity and junior debt securities are subject to increased risks of default relative to the holders of superior priority interests in the same CLO. In addition, at the time of issuance, CLO equity securities are undercollateralized in that the face amount of the CLO debt and CLO equity of a CLO at inception exceed its total assets. The Company will typically be in a subordinated or first loss position with respect to realized losses on the underlying assets held by the CLOs in which the Company is invested.
Credit Risk
If (1) a CLO in which the Company invests, (2) an underlying asset of any such CLO or (3) any other type of credit investment in the Company’s portfolio declines in price or fails to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer or debtor, as the case may be, experiences a decline in its financial status, the Company’s income, NAV and/or market price would be adversely impacted.
Key Personnel Risk
The Adviser manages our investments. Consequently, the Company’s success depends, in large part, upon the services of the Adviser and the skill and expertise of the Adviser’s professional personnel. There can be no assurance that the professional personnel of the Adviser will continue to serve in their current positions or continue to be employed by the Adviser. We can offer no assurance that their services will be available for any length of time or that the Adviser will continue indefinitely as the Company’s investment adviser.
Prepayment Risk
The assets underlying the CLO securities in which the Company invests are subject to prepayment by the underlying corporate borrowers. As such, the CLO securities and related investments in which the Company invests are subject to prepayment risk. If the Company or a CLO collateral manager are unable to reinvest prepaid amounts in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, the Company’s investment performance will be adversely impacted.
Liquidity Risk
Generally, there is no public market for the CLO investments in which the Company invests. As such, the Company may not be able to sell such investments quickly, or at all. If the Company can sell such investments, the prices the Company receives may not reflect the Adviser’s assessment of their fair value or the amount paid for such investments by the Company.
A-16
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
Fair Valuation of The Company’s Portfolio Investments
Generally, there is no public market for the CLO investments and certain other credit assets in which the Company may invest. The Adviser values these securities at least quarterly, or more frequently as may be required from time to time, at fair value. The Adviser’s determinations of the fair value of the Company’s investments have a material impact on the Company’s net earnings through the recording of unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and may cause the Company’s NAV on a given date to understate or overstate, possibly materially, the value that the Company ultimately realizes on one or more of the Company’s investments.
Limited Investment Opportunities Risk
The market for CLO securities is more limited than the market for other credit related investments. The Company can offer no assurances that sufficient investment opportunities for the Company’s capital will be available. In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of, and flow of capital into, investment vehicles established to pursue investments in CLO securities whereas the size of the market is relatively limited. While the Company cannot determine the precise effect of such competition, such increase may result in greater competition for investment opportunities, which may result in an increase in the price of such investments relative to the risk taken on by holders of such investments. Such competition may also result under certain circumstances in increased price volatility or decreased liquidity with respect to certain positions.
Market Risk
Political, regulatory, economic and social developments, and developments that impact specific economic sectors, industries or segments of the market, can affect the value of the Company’s investments. A disruption or downturn in the capital markets and the credit markets could impair the Company’s ability to raise capital, reduce the availability of suitable investment opportunities for the Company, or adversely and materially affect the value of the Company’s investments, any of which would negatively affect the Company’s business. These risks may be magnified if certain events or developments adversely interrupt the global supply chain and could affect companies worldwide.
Loan Accumulation Facilities Risk
The Company may invest in LAFs, which are short to medium term facilities often provided by the bank that will serve as placement agent or arranger on a CLO transaction and which acquire loans on an interim basis which are expected to form part of the portfolio of a future CLO. Investments in LAFs have risks similar to those applicable to investments in CLOs. Leverage is typically utilized in such a facility and as such the potential risk of loss will be increased for such facilities employing leverage. In the event a planned CLO is not consummated, or the loans are not eligible for purchase by the CLO, the Company may be responsible for either holding or disposing of the loans. This could expose the Company to credit and/or mark-to-market losses, and other risks.
Reinvestment Risk
CLOs will typically generate cash from asset repayments and sales that may be reinvested in substitute assets, subject to compliance with applicable investment tests. If the CLO collateral manager causes the CLO to purchase substitute assets at a lower yield than those initially acquired or sale proceeds are maintained temporarily in cash, it would reduce the excess interest-related cash flow, thereby having a negative effect on the fair value of the Company’s assets. In addition, the reinvestment period for a CLO may terminate early, which would cause the holders of the CLO’s securities to receive principal payments earlier than anticipated. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to reinvest such amounts in an alternative investment that provides a comparable return relative to the credit risk assumed.
Interest Rate Risk
The price of certain of the Company’s investments may be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, including recent increases in interest rates. Although senior secured loans are generally floating rate instruments, the Company’s investments in senior secured loans through investments in junior equity and debt tranches of CLOs are sensitive to interest rate levels and volatility. For example, because the senior secured loans constituting the underlying collateral
A-17
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
of CLOs typically pay a floating rate of interest, a reduction in interest rates would generally result in a reduction in the residual payments made to the Company as a CLO equity holder (as well as the cash flow the Company receives on the Company’s CLO debt investments and other floating rate investments). Further, in the event of a significant rising interest rate environment and/or economic downturn, loan defaults may increase and result in credit losses that may adversely affect the Company’s cash flow, fair value of the Company’s assets and operating results. Because CLOs generally issue debt on a floating rate basis, an increase in the relevant benchmark index will increase the financing costs of CLOs. Furthermore, certain senior secured loans that constitute the collateral of the CLOs in which the Company invests may continue to pay interest at a floating rate based on SOFR or may convert to a fixed rate of interest.
Counterparty Risk
The Company may be exposed to counterparty risk, which could make it difficult for the Company or the issuers in which the Company invests to collect on obligations, thereby resulting in potentially significant losses.
6. Partners’ capital
Committed capital
The Master Fund may accept additional commitments on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2023, the Master Fund has total commitments of $235,500,000 of which $235,500,000 is committed by limited partners. The General Partner may call capital up to the amount of unfunded commitments to enable the Master Fund to make investments, pay fees and expenses, or provide reserves. No limited partner is required to fund an amount in excess of its unfunded commitment. The ratio of total contributed capital to total committed capital is 100%.
Capital contributions
Capital contributions are due from the partners within 5 business days of advance notice from the General Partner and are subject to certain limitations.
Allocation of partnership profits and losses
Profits and losses of the Master Fund are allocated to the partners at the end of each monthly period in proportion to their respective interests in the Master Fund as of the beginning of the month.
7. Related party transaction
The Master Fund pays the Investment Manager a management fee, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equal to 0.375% (1.50% per annum) of each limited partner’s capital account determined as of each calendar quarter end. Certain limited partners have special arrangements with the Investment Manager of the Fund.
Subject to certain limitations, generally 15% of the net profits allocated to the limited partners are reallocated to the General Partner (the “Performance Allocation”) provided that the limited partner’s capital account exceeds the Hurdle Rate (as defined). The Hurdle Rate shall equal an annual cumulative return equal to seven percent (7%) of a limited partner’s opening capital account as of the first day of each fiscal year, prorated for any period less than one year and adjusted for contributions and distributions. The General Partner may reduce, waive or rebate Performance Allocation for certain limited partners.
A-18
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN MASTER FUND LP
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in United States Dollars)
8. Administrative fee
SS&C Fund Services (Cayman) Ltd. serves as the Master Fund’s administrator and performs certain administrative and accounting services on behalf of the Master Fund.
9. Financial highlights
Financial highlights for the year ended December 31, 2023:
Total return | ||||
Total return before Performance Allocation | 33.52 | % | ||
Performance Allocation | (4.78 | ) | ||
Total return after Performance Allocation | 28.74 | % | ||
Ratio to average partners’ capital: | ||||
Total expenses (including interest) | 1.02 | % | ||
Performance allocation | 3.85 | |||
Total expenses and performance allocation | 4.87 | % | ||
Net investment income | 20.56 | % |
Financial highlights are calculated for the limited partner class taken as a whole. An individual limited partner’s return and ratios may vary based on the timing of capital transactions and fee arrangements.
10. Subsequent events
From January 1, 2024 through March 26, 2024, the Master Fund accepted $250,000 additional capital contributions.
A-19
Shares
[SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC. LOGO]
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS, [ ] 2024
Until [ ], 2024 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART C — OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 25. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
1. Financial Statements:
Part A: Not applicable, as Registrant has not yet commenced operations.
Part B: Audited financial statements of Registrant and related report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to be filed by amendment. Audited financial statements of Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP and related report of Independent Auditors filed herewith.
2. Exhibits:
(a)(1) | Certificate of Conversion** | |
(a)(2) | Certificate of Incorporation** | |
(a)(3) | Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation** | |
(b) | Form of Bylaws** | |
(c) | Not applicable | |
(d) | Not applicable | |
(e) | Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan** | |
(f) | Not applicable | |
(g) | Form of Investment Advisory Agreement, by and between Registrant and Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC** | |
(h) | Form of Underwriting Agreement*** | |
(i) | Not applicable | |
(j) | Custody Agreement, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association*** | |
(k)(1) | Form of Administration Agreement, by and between the Registrant and [Sound Point Administration LLC]*** | |
(k)(2) | Form of Services Agreement, by and among the Registrant and ALPS Fund Services, Inc., SS&C GIDS, Inc., and DST Asset Manager Solutions, Inc.*** | |
(k)(3) | Form of License Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC*** | |
(l) | Opinion and Consent of Counsel*** | |
(m) | Not applicable | |
(n)(1) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*** | |
(n)(2) | Consent of Independent Auditors** | |
(o) | Not applicable | |
(p) | Not applicable | |
(q) | Not applicable | |
(r)(1) | Code of Ethics of the Registrant*** | |
(r)(2) | Code of Ethics of Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC*** | |
(s) | Power of Attorney** | |
(t) | Filing Fee Table* |
* | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed November 1, 2023. |
** | Filed herewith. |
*** | To be filed by amendment. |
ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS
The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” in the prospectus that forms a part of this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
C-1
ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
SEC registration fee | $ | [ ] | ||
FINRA filing fee | $ | [ ] | ||
NYSE listing fee | $ | [ ] | ||
Printing and postage | $ | [ ] | ||
Legal fees and expenses | $ | [ ] | ||
Accounting fees and expenses | $ | [ ] | ||
Miscellaneous | $ | [ ] | ||
Total | $ | [ ] |
Note: Except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the [ ] listing fee, all listed amounts are estimates.
ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL
To be updated by amendment.
ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
The following table sets forth the number of record holders of each class of the Registrant’s securities as of [ ]:
Title of Class | Number of Record Holders |
|||
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share | [ ] |
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION
To be provided by amendment.
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER
A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management” and “The Adviser and the Administrator.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-129702), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.
C-2
ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:
(1) the Registrant, Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152;
(2) the Transfer Agent, SS&C GIDS, Inc., 4 Times Square, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10036;
(3) the Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, [ ]; and
(4) the Adviser, Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor, New York, NY 10152.
ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Not applicable.
ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS
(1) The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) Not applicable.
(4) The Registrant undertakes that:
(a) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(b) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(5) Not applicable.
(6) Not applicable.
(7) The Registrant hereby undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.
C-3
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of New York, on the 15th day of April, 2024.
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Ujjaval Desai | |
Name: | Ujjaval Desai | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Ujjaval Desai | Chief Executive Officer and Director | April 15, 2024 | ||
Ujjaval Desai | ||||
/s/ Kevin Gerlitz | Chief Financial Officer | April 15, 2024 | ||
Kevin Gerlitz | ||||
/s/ Stephen J. Ketchum* | Chair of the Board of Directors | April 15, 2024 | ||
Stephen J. Ketchum | ||||
/s/ Douglas T. Healy* | Director | April 15, 2024 | ||
Douglas T. Healy | ||||
/s/ Lana Lewin-Ross* | Director | April 15, 2024 | ||
Lana Lewin-Ross | ||||
/s/ Steven Lipiner* | Director | April 15, 2024 | ||
Steven Lipiner |
*By: |
/s/ Wendy Ruberti |
|
Wendy Ruberti | ||
Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to Power of Attorney |
110
EXHIBIT INDEX
111
Exhibit (a)(1)
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION
OF
Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,
FROM A LIMITED LIABILTY COMPANY
TO A CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 265 OF THE
DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
This Certificate of Conversion to a corporation is being duly executed and filed by Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC (the “LLC”) to convert the LLC to Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).
1. | The jurisdiction where the LLC was first formed is the State of Delaware. |
2. | The jurisdiction where the LLC was formed immediately prior to filing this Certificate of Conversion is the State of Delaware. |
3. | The date the LLC first formed is: May 13, 2022. |
4. | The name of the LLC immediately prior to filing this Certificate of Conversion is Sound Point Meridian Capital, LLC. |
5. | The name of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation filed in accordance with Section 265(b) of the DGCL is Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized to sign on behalf of the converting Limited Liability Company, has executed this Certificate of Conversion as of the 13th day of March, 2024.
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company | ||
/s/ Wendy Ruberti | ||
Name: | Wendy Ruberti | |
Title: | Authorized Person |
Exhibit (a)(2)
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
1. Name. The name of the Corporation is Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc.
2. Registered Office and Agent. The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808, and the name of the corporation’s registered agent for service of process in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.
3. Purpose. The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law and any other laws of the State of Delaware.
4. Authorized Capital. The aggregate number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock, each with a par value of $0.001.
5. Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Kevin Gerlitz, Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., 375 Park Avenue, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10152.
6. Bylaws. The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, except as otherwise specifically provided therein.
7. Board of Directors; Elections of Directors. The powers of the sole incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, and the names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity are as follows:
Name | Address | |
Ujjaval Desai |
375 Park Avenue, 33rd Floor New York, NY 10152 | |
Stephen J. Ketchum |
375 Park Avenue, 33rd Floor New York, NY 10152 |
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
8. Right to Amend. The Corporation reserves the right to amend any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation as the same may from time to time be in effect in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders or others hereunder are subject to such reservation.
9. Limitation on Liability. The directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors generally that are now or hereafter become available under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9 shall be prospective only, and shall not affect, to the detriment of any director, any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
Dated: March 13, 2024 | |
/s/ Kevin Gerlitz | |
Kevin Gerlitz, Sole Incorporator |
Exhibit (a)(3)
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
Sound Point Meridian Capital, INC.
WHEREAS, Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Corporation”) desires to amend and restate its Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect; and
WHEREAS, the following provisions are all of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.
ARTICLE I
1.1 The name of the Corporation is Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE II
2.1 The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
3.1 The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”), and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law and any other law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
4.1 Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [500,000,000] of which [450,000,000] shares shall be common stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and [50,000,000] shares shall be preferred stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
4.2 Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below), the holders of the Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power, and each share of Common Stock shall have one vote.
4.3 Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly granted authority to issue shares of Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such series (each, a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to any Preferred Stock Designation.
ARTICLE V
5.1 The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity are as follows:
Name | Director Class | Expiration of Initial Term | Address | |||
Douglas T. Healy | Class I | 2025 |
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor New York, NY 10152 | |||
Ujjaval Desai | Class II | 2026 |
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor New York, NY 10152 | |||
Lana Lewin-Ross | Class II | 2026 |
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor New York, NY 10152 | |||
Stephen J. Ketchum | Class III | 2027 |
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor New York, NY 10152 | |||
Steven Lipiner | Class III | 2027 |
375 Park Avenue, 34th Floor New York, NY 10152 |
2
ARTICLE VI
6.1 Powers of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Corporation as provided in the Bylaws, subject to the power of the stockholders to alter or repeal any Bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise.
The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be ratified by a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in person or by proxy), unless a higher vote is required by applicable law, shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation, whether or not such contract or act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of directors’ interests or for any other reason.
The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Bylaws.
In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the statutes of Delaware, of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and to any Bylaw; provided, however, that no Bylaw so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been made.
6.2 Number of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors either by resolution or bylaw adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
3
6.3 Classes of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, and the term of office of directors of one class shall expire at each annual meeting of stockholders, and in all cases as to each director such term shall extend until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Additional directorships resulting from an increase in number of directors shall be apportioned among the classes as equally as possible. The initial term of office of directors of Class I shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2025, the initial term of office of directors of Class II shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2026 and the initial term of office of directors of Class III shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2027. At each annual meeting of stockholders a number of directors equal to the number of directors of the class whose term expires at the time of such meeting (or, if less, the number of directors properly nominated and qualified for election) shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.
At each annual election, directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the directors they succeed, unless by reason of any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall designate one or more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order to more nearly achieve equality of number of directors among the classes.
Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which such director is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. If any newly created directorship may, consistent with the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, be allocated to any class, the Board of Directors shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due to expire at the earliest date following such allocation.
6.4 Vacancies. Subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies. Subject to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
6.5 Elections. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting duly called for such purpose and entitled to vote thereat. Election of directors to the Board of Directors need not be by ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
4
ARTICLE VII
7.1 Limitation on Liability. The directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors generally that are now or hereafter become available under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Section 7 shall be prospective only, and shall not affect, to the detriment of any director, any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
7.2 Indemnification. The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.
ARTICLE VIII
8.1 Powers of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and is filed with the records of the meetings of the stockholders.
8.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
9.1 Amendment. The Corporation reserves the right to amend any provision contained in this Certificate as the same may from time to time be in effect in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders or others hereunder are subject to such reservation.
5
I, the undersigned, do make, file and record this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this ___ day of _____________________, 2024.
Name: | Ujjaval Desai | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
6
Exhibit (b)
BYLAWS
OF
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
Article I.
OFFICES
1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be established and maintained at 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808, and Corporation Service Company shall be the registered agent of the Corporation in charge thereof.
1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Article II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
2.2 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, for the purpose of electing the members of the Board of Directors (each, a “Director” and collectively, the “Directors”) and for the transaction of only such other business as is properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these bylaws (the “Bylaws”).
Written notice of an annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the annual meeting.
To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be either (i) brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to the notice of meeting or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of these Bylaws. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class U.S. mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the anniversary of the date the Corporation’s proxy statement was released to the stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the seventh (7th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and (b) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (a) the name and record address of the stockholder and (b) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. The presiding officer at an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2, and, if such officer should so determine, such officer shall so declare to the annual meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
2.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), by the Secretary only at the request of the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
Unless otherwise provided by law, written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, not less than ten (10) or more than sixty (60) days before the date fixed for the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that Directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.
2
2.4 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the presiding officer of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.5 Organization. The Chair of the Board of Directors shall act as chairperson of meetings of the stockholders. The Board of Directors may designate any other officer or Director of the Corporation to act as chairperson of any meeting in the absence of the Chair of the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may further provide for determining who shall act as chairperson of any stockholders meeting in the absence of the Chair of the Board of Directors and such designee.
The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but, in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of any meeting.
2.6 Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question (other than the election of Directors) properly brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting duly called for such purpose and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation. At all meetings of the stockholders for the election of Directors, a plurality of votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at a meeting duly called for such purpose and entitled to vote on such election shall be sufficient to elect a Director. For the election of a Director, each share of capital stock may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election such share of capital stock is entitled to be voted.
Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize any person or persons to act for him, her or it by proxy. All proxies shall be executed in writing and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the day on which exercised. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the presiding officer at a meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
2.7 Action of Stockholders Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and is filed with the records of the meetings of the stockholders.
3
2.8 Voting List. The Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If a meeting of the stockholders is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present. If a meeting of the stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
2.9 Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.8 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
2.10 Adjournment. Any meeting of the stockholders, including one at which Directors are to be elected, may be adjourned for such periods as the presiding officer of the meeting or the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall direct.
2.11 Ratification. Any transaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative suit, or any other suit to enforce alleged rights of the Corporation or any of its stockholders, on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of any Director, officer or stockholder, nondisclosure, miscomputation or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting may be approved, ratified and confirmed before or after judgment by the Board of Directors or by the holders of common stock and, if so approved, ratified or confirmed, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized, and said approval, ratification or confirmation shall be binding upon the Corporation and all of its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.
2.12 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspector shall: (1) decide upon the qualifications of voters; (2) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; (3) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of the proxies of ballots; (4) count all votes and ballots; (5) declare the results; (6) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (7) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
4
Article III.
DIRECTORS
3.1 Powers; Number; Qualifications. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. The number of Directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not less than three (3) nor more than eight (8). The exact number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified in this Section 3.1 or in the Certificate of Incorporation, by a majority of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall be divided into classes as more fully set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2 Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her class stands for election and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies or until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or from any other cause may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, even if such Directors do not constitute a quorum, and each Director so chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies, or until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.
3.3 Nominations. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be made only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to the notice of meeting or (iii) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of these Bylaws. Such nominations by any stockholder shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the anniversary of the date the Corporation’s proxy statement was released to the stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the seventh (7th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director,
5
(a) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (b) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (c) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the person and (d) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of Directors pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (a) the name and record address of the stockholder and (b) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director of the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. The presiding officer at an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
3.4 Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the meeting of the stockholders at which it is elected and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected Directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chair of the Board of Directors or a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each Director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, facsimile, telegram or e-mail on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
3.5 Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
3.6 Organization of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall elect one of its members to be Chair of the Board of Directors. The Chair of the Board of Directors shall lead the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities as set forth in these Bylaws, including its responsibility to oversee the performance of the Corporation, and shall determine the agenda and perform all other duties and exercise all other powers that are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.
6
Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent he or she is a Director, or in the absence of the Chair of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, by such other person as the Board of Directors may designate or the members present may select.
3.7 Actions of Board of Directors Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
3.8 Removal of Directors by Stockholders. The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office for cause by a majority vote of the holders of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. In case the Board of Directors or any one or more Directors be so removed, new Directors may be elected at the same time for the unexpired portion of the full term of the Director or Directors so removed.
3.9 Resignations. Any Director may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Board of Directors or Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.
3.10 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided by law and in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or amending the Bylaws; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
7
3.11 Compensation. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed amount (in cash or other form of consideration) for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and/or a stated salary as Director, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.
3.12 Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum, (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.
3.13 Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designed by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.13 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting unless otherwise required by law.
Article IV.
OFFICERS
4.1 General. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, a Controller and such other officers as in the judgment of the Board of Directors may be necessary or desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and more than one person may hold the same office, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation, nor need such officers be Directors.
8
4.2 Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers who are Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
4.3 Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and any such officer may, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation or other form of entity in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and that, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
4.4 Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
4.5 Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall have general responsibility for the compliance matters of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers that are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, all in accordance with policies as established by and subject to oversight of the Board of Directors. Additionally, the Chief Compliance Officer shall, no less than annually, (i) provide a written report to the Board of Directors, the content of which shall comply with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and (ii) meet separately with the Corporation’s independent Directors.
4.6 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers that are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, all in accordance with policies as established by and subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a named Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer shall also have the powers and duties of the Treasurer as hereinafter set forth and shall be authorized and empowered to sign as Treasurer in any case where such officer’s signature is required.
9
4.7 Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board of Directors.
4.8 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, then any Assistant Secretary shall perform such actions. If there is no Assistant Secretary, then the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there is one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
4.9 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.
4.10 Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
10
4.11 Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.
4.12 Controller. The Controller shall establish and maintain the accounting records of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, maintain proper internal control of the assets of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President of the Corporation may prescribe.
4.13 Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
4.14 Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies in any office occurring from whatever reason.
4.15 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation, unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.
4.16 Removal. Subject to the provisions of any employment agreement approved by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Article V.
CAPITAL STOCK
5.1 Certificates. The Board of Directors shall determine whether shares of the capital stock of the Corporation will be certificated or uncertificated, as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. If certificated shares are issued, stock certificates shall be signed in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chair or Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice-President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by such certificate.
11
5.2 Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, including signatures of officers of the Corporation and countersignatures of a transfer agent or registrar. In case an officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
5.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
5.4 Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of certificated stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person or entity named in the certificate or by his, her or its attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transactions upon its books, unless the Corporation has a duty to inquire as to adverse claims with respect to such transfer that has not been discharged. The Corporation shall have no duty to inquire into adverse claims with respect to such transfer unless (i) the Corporation has received a written notification of an adverse claim at a time and in a manner that affords the Corporation a reasonable opportunity to act on it prior to the issuance of a new, reissued or re-registered share certificate and the notification identifies the claimant, the registered owner and the issue of which the share or shares is a part and provides an address for communications directed to the claimant or (ii) the Corporation has required and obtained, with respect to a fiduciary, a copy of a will, trust, indenture, articles of co-partnership, bylaws or other controlling instruments, for a purpose other than to obtain appropriate evidence of the appointment or incumbency of the fiduciary, and such documents indicate, upon reasonable inspection, the existence of an adverse claim. The Corporation may discharge any duty of inquiry by any reasonable means, including notifying an adverse claimant by registered or certified mail at the address furnished by him, her or it, if there be no such address, at his, her or its residence or regular place of business that the security has been presented for registration of transfer by a named person, and that the transfer will be registered unless within thirty days from the date of mailing the notification, either (i) an appropriate restraining order, injunction or other process issues from a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) an indemnity bond, sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation and any transfer agent, registrar or other agent of the Corporation involved from any loss that it or they may suffer by complying with the adverse claim, is filed with the Corporation.
12
5.5 Fixing Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date of action without a meeting is adopted by the Board of Directors, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed:
(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;
(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent is delivered to the Corporation; or
(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
5.6 Registered Stockholders. Prior to due presentment for transfer of any share or shares, the Corporation shall treat the registered owner thereof as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and to all other benefits of ownership with respect to such share or shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State Delaware.
Article VI.
NOTICES
6.1 Form of Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notice to Directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the Directors or stockholders at their respective addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to Directors and stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law.
13
6.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular, or special meeting of the stockholders, Directors, or members of a committee of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.
Article VII.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
7.1 The Corporation shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
7.2 The Corporation shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
14
7.3 To the extent that a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 7.1 or 7.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
7.4 Any indemnification under Sections 7.1 or 7.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such section. Such determination shall be made:
(a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum;
(b) by a committee of such Directors designated by majority vote of such Directors, even though less than a quorum;
(c) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, if there are no such Directors, or such Directors so direct; or
(d) by the stockholders.
7.5 Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or Director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
7.6 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the other sections of, this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
7.7 The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
15
7.8 For purposes of this Article, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
7.9 For purposes of this Article, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article.
7.10 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
7.11 No Director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or to any stockholder of the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director or officer; provided that this provision shall not limit the liability of a Director or officer (i) for any breach of the Director’s or the officer’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.
Article VIII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
8.1 Reliance on Books and Records. Each Director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation, shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.
16
8.2 Maintenance and Inspection of Records. The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.
Any such records maintained by the Corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.
8.3 Inspection by Directors. Any Director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a Director.
8.4 Dividends and Distributions. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, dividends and other distributions upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to applicable law. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
8.5 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
17
8.6 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors shall fail to do so, the Chief Executive Officer shall fix the fiscal year.
8.7 Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.
8.8 Amendments. The original or other bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any regular or special meeting or, if the Certificate of Incorporation so provides, by the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
8.9 Interpretation of Bylaws. All words, terms and provisions of these Bylaws shall be interpreted and defined by and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, and as amended from time to time hereafter.
8.10 Exclusive Forum for Certain Litigation.
(a) Except for any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act (collectively, the “federal securities laws”), unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any Director or officer or other agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the stockholders of the Corporation, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any Director or officer or other agent of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any Director or officer or other agent of the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
(b) Any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising under the federal securities laws shall be exclusively brought in the federal district courts of the United States of America.
8.11 Conflict with 1940 Act. If and to the extent that any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, or any provision of these Bylaws shall conflict with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act shall control.
18
Exhibit (e)
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
Introduction
Under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) for Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc. (the “Company”), dividends and/or distributions to a holder of the Company’s shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (each, a “Share” and, collectively, the “Shares”) will automatically be reinvested in additional Shares of the Company. Each registered stockholder who does not wish to participate in the Plan must “opt-out” of the Plan. For any registered stockholder that does not so elect (each, a “Participant” and collectively, the “Participants”), dividends and/or distributions on such stockholder’s Shares will be reinvested by SS&C GIDS, Inc. (the “Plan Administrator”), as administrator for stockholders in administering the Plan, in additional Shares, as set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary, and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by so notifying the Plan Administrator by [telephone, in writing or by visiting the Plan Administrator’s website at [ ]]. If received by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Participants who hold their Shares through a broker or other nominee and who wish to elect to receive any dividends and distributions in cash must contact their broker or nominee.
Plan Details
1. | The Plan Administrator will open an account for each holder of Shares under the Plan in the same name in which such holder of Shares is registered. Whenever the Company declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and Participants will receive the equivalent in Shares. The Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the Participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either through (i) receipt of additional unissued but authorized Shares from the Company (“Newly Issued Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere. | |
2. | Prior to an initial public offering of the Shares (“IPO”) or the listing of the Shares on a national securities exchange (“listing”), the number of Shares to be issued to a Participant is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the most recent quarterly net asset value per share, subject to adjustment to the extent required by Section 23 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). | |
3. |
After an IPO or listing, the Board of Directors intends to primarily use newly issued shares to implement the Plan, whether the shares are trading at a price per share at, below or above net asset value. However, the Board of Directors reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the Plan. In the event that newly issued shares are used to implement the Plan, the number of shares to be issued to a Participant shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such Participant by an amount equal to the market price per share at the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange on the dividend payment date. Market price per share on that date shall be the closing price for such share on the New York Stock Exchange or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their electronically-reported bid and asked prices of the shares. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the Plan Administrator will be allocated to a Participant based upon the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all Shares purchased with respect to the Dividend. The number of Shares to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of a Dividend cannot be established until the value per Share at which additional Shares will be issued has been determined and elections of the stockholders have been tabulated. |
4. | The Plan Administrator maintains all Participants’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Participants for tax records. Shares in the account of each Participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Participant in book entry form in the Plan Administrator’s name or the Plan Administrator’s nominee. Each stockholder proxy will include those Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to Participants and vote proxies for Shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the Participants. | |
5. | In the case of record stockholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Shares certified from time to time by the record stockholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan. | |
6. | Any stock dividends or split of Shares distributed by the Company on Shares held by the Plan Administrator for Participants will be credited to their accounts. In the event that the Company makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional Shares or other securities, the Shares held for each Participant under the Plan will be added to other Shares held by the Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to each Participant. | |
7. | The Plan Administrator’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions will be paid by the Company. However, each Participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage fees incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases (if applicable). The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve Participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividend. If a Participant elects by telephone, Internet or written notice to the Plan Administrator to have the Plan Administrator sell all or a part of his or her Shares and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the Plan Administrator is authorized to deduct a $[ ] sales fee per trade and a per Share brokerage commission of $[ ] from such proceeds. All per Share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Plan Administrator is required to pay. | |
8. | If a Participant elects by telephone, Internet or written notice to the Plan Administrator to have the Plan Administrator sell all or a part of his or her Shares and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the Plan Administrator will process all sale instructions received no later than five (5) business days after the date on which the order is received. Such sale will be made through the Plan Administrator’s broker on the relevant market and the sale price will not be determined until such time as the broker completes the sale. In each case, the price to each Participant shall be the weighted average sale price obtained by the Plan Administrator’s broker net of fees for each aggregate order placed by the Plan Administrator and executed by the broker. To maximize cost savings, the Plan Administrator will seek to sell Shares in round lot transactions. For this purpose the Plan Administrator may combine a Participant’s Shares with those of other selling Participants. The Plan Administrator will mail a check to the selling Participant (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on the settlement date, which is three business days after the Shares have been sold. If a Participant chooses to sell Shares through its broker, the Participant will need to request that the Plan Administrator electronically transfer its Shares to the broker. | |
9. | Each Participant may terminate his or her account under the Plan by so notifying the Plan Administrator by telephone, in writing or by visiting the Plan Administrator’s website at [ ]. Such administrator will be effective immediately if received by the Plan Administrator prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination or resumption will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such Dividend, with respect to any subsequent Dividend. Upon any withdrawal or termination, the terminating Participant’s Shares will be credited to such Participant’s account and the Plan Administrator will cause to be delivered to each terminating Participant a statement of holdings for the appropriate number of the Company’s whole book-entry Shares and a check for the cash adjustment of any fractional Share at the market value per Share as of the close of business on the day the termination is effective less any applicable fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the terminating Participant so specifies, the Plan Administrator will sell the full and fractional Shares and send the proceeds less a $[ ] sales fee per trade and a per Share brokerage commission of $[ ] to the terminating Participant. |
2
10. | The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan upon notice in writing to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Company. There is no direct service charge to Participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the Participants. Notice will be sent to Participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Company. |
11. |
All correspondence from a registered owner of Shares concerning the Dividend Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator at [ ], [ ]; or through the Plan Administrator’s website at [ ]. Participants who hold their Shares through a broker or other nominee should direct correspondence or questions concerning the Dividend Reinvestment Plan to their broker or nominee. | |
12. |
The Plan Administrator shall at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under this Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents. |
3
Exhibit (g)
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
This Investment Advisory Agreement is hereby made as of the [ ] day of [ ], 2024 (the “Agreement”), by and between Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with the successors thereto, the “Company”), and Sound Point Meridian Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed company that intends to operate as a closed-end management investment company;
WHEREAS, the Company intends to file a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) to register shares of its common stock (the “Common Stock”), for issuance in an initial public offering;
WHEREAS, the Adviser is engaged in rendering investment advisory services and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Adviser desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions for the provision by the Adviser of investment advisory services to the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
APPOINTMENT
The Company hereby appoints the Adviser to act as investment adviser to the Company for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Adviser hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to provide the advisory services herein described, for the compensation herein provided.
ARTICLE II
SERVICES OF THE ADVISER
2.1. Advisory Duties of the Adviser. Subject to the supervision of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), the Adviser shall act as the investment adviser to the Company and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company (a) in accordance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Registration Statement, as the same may be amended from time to time, (b) in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and all other applicable federal and state law, and (c) in accordance with the Company’s certification of incorporation and bylaws.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) determine the composition of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company (including performing due diligence on prospective investments); (iii) execute, close, service and monitor the Company’s investments; (iv) determine the securities and other assets that the Company will purchase, retain or sell; and (v) provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds. The Adviser shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Company to effectuate its investment decisions for the Company, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments and the placement of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors.
In the event that the Company determines to acquire debt financing or to refinance existing debt financing, the Adviser shall arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors.
If it is necessary or convenient for the Adviser to make investments on behalf of the Company through a subsidiary or special purpose vehicle or otherwise form such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create or arrange for the creation of such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, and to make such investments through such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, in accordance with the 1940 Act.
2.2. Subadvisers. Subject to the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” and, to the extent required by applicable law, by the stockholders of the Company, the Adviser may, through a subadvisory agreement or other arrangement, delegate to a subadviser any of the duties enumerated in this Agreement, including the management of all or a portion of the assets being managed hereby. Subject to the prior approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” and, to the extent required by applicable law, by the stockholders of the Company, the Adviser may adjust such duties, the portion of assets being managed, and the fees to be paid by the Adviser; provided that, in each case, the Adviser shall continue to oversee the services provided by such company or employees and any such delegation shall not relieve the Adviser of any of its obligations hereunder.
2.3. Books and Records. The Adviser agrees to maintain, in the form and for the period required by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act or such longer period as the Company may direct, all records relating to the services rendered by the Adviser under this Agreement and the Company’s investments made by the Adviser as are required by Section 31 under the 1940 Act, and rules and regulations thereunder, and by other applicable legal provisions, including the Advisers Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Commodity Exchange Act, and the respective rules and regulations thereunder, and the Company’s compliance policies and procedures, and to preserve such records for the periods and in the manner required by that Section, and those rules, regulations, legal provisions and compliance policies and procedures. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by the Adviser on behalf of the Company are the property of the Company and shall be surrendered promptly to the Company on request.
2.4. Brokerage Commissions. The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Company to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission or other compensation for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission or other compensation another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting such transaction if the Adviser determines, in good faith and taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that the amount of such commission or other compensation is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Company’s portfolio, and constitutes the best net result for the Company.
2
2.5. Proxy Voting. The Adviser shall be responsible for voting any proxies solicited by an issuer of securities held by the Company in the best interest of the Company and in accordance with the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, as any such proxy voting policies and procedures may be amended from time to time. The Company has been provided with a copy of the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and has been informed as to how it can obtain further information from the Adviser regarding proxy voting activities undertaken on behalf of the Company. The Adviser shall be responsible for reporting the Company’s proxy voting activities, as required, through periodic filings on Form N-PX.
2.6. Advisory Services Not Exclusive. The Adviser’s services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement are not exclusive, and it is understood that the Adviser may render investment advice, management and services to other persons (including other investment companies) and engage in other activities, so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired by such other activities. It is understood and agreed that officers or directors of the Adviser are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, trustees or directors of any other firm, trust or corporation, including other investment companies. Whenever the Company and one or more other accounts or investment companies advised by the Adviser have available funds for investment, and the responsibility for the management of all of the assets of the Company has not been delegated to a subadviser, investments suitable and appropriate for each entity shall be allocated in accordance with procedures believed by the Adviser to be equitable to each entity over time to the extent permitted by applicable law. Similarly, opportunities to sell securities shall be allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be equitable to each entity over time to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company recognizes that in some cases this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position that may be acquired by or disposed of for the Company.
ARTICLE III
EXPENSES
3.1. Expenses Borne by Adviser. All investment professionals of the Adviser and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services hereunder, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Company. The Adviser shall also bear the Company’s organizational costs.
3.2. Expenses Borne by the Company. The Company shall bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to: (a) the Company’s offering costs incurred prior to the completion of its initial public offering; (b) calculating the Company’s net asset value (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm or pricing service); (c) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Company’s investments; (d) fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses and travel expenses, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective investments, monitoring the Company’s investments and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights; (e) amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments; (f) brokerage fees and commissions; (g) federal and state registration fees; (h) exchange listing fees; (i) federal, state and local taxes; (j) costs of offerings or repurchases of the Company’s Common Stock and other securities, as applicable; (k) the Base Management Fee and the Incentive Fee (as defined below); (l) distributions on the Company’s Common Stock and other securities, as applicable; (m) administration fees payable to [Sound Point Administration LLC] (the “Administrator”) under the administration agreement providing for administrative services dated [ ], 2024 (as amended or restated from time to time, the “Administration Agreement”); (n) transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;
3
(o) independent director fees and expenses; (p) the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to the Company’s securityholders, including printing costs; (q) costs of holding meetings of the Company’s securityholders; (r) litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses; (s) fees and expenses associated with marketing and investor relations efforts; (t) dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Company is a member; (u) direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, telecommunications and staff, including fees payable in connection with outsourced administration functions; (v) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs; (w) the Company’s fidelity bond; (x) directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (y) costs associated with the Company’s reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and (z) all other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business or incurred by the Adviser on the Company’s behalf, such as the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the Company’s allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and their respective support staff.
ARTICLE IV
COMPENSATION
The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the investment advisory and management services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a fee consisting of two components: a base management fee (the “Base Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”), each as hereinafter set forth. The Company shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser may elect to defer or waive all or a portion of its fees hereunder for a specified period of time.
4.1. Base Management Fee. The Base Management Fee shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.75% of the Company’s Total Equity Base. “Total Equity Base” means the net asset value attributable to the Common Stock (prior to the application of the Base Management Fee or Incentive Fee) and the paid-in or stated capital of the preferred interests in the Company (howsoever called) (“Preferred Interests”), if any. The Base Management Fee shall be calculated based on the Total Equity Base at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter and, with respect to any Common Stock or Preferred Interests issued or repurchased during such quarter, shall be adjusted to reflect the number of days during such quarter that such Common Stock and/or Preferred Interests, if any, was outstanding. In addition, the Base Management Fee for any partial quarter shall be appropriately pro-rated (based on the number of days actually elapsed at the end of such partial quarter relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter).
4.2. Incentive Fee. The Incentive Fee shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income of the Company for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from an investment) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement (if in effect) and any interest expense and/or dividends paid on any issued and outstanding debt or Preferred Interests, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized or unrealized capital gains or realized or unrealized losses.
4
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, shall be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter. The Company shall pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows: (1) no Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed 2.00%; (2) 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.00% but is less than 2.50% in any calendar quarter; and (3) 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.50% in any calendar quarter.
The portion of such Incentive Fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as payment-in-kind interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the Adviser, without interest, only if and to the extent the Company actually receives such deferred interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.
The Company shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct.
ARTICLE V
ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
5.1. Documents. The Company has delivered, or shall deliver, to the Adviser copies of each of the following documents and shall deliver to it all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:
(a) The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware;
(b) The Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws;
(c) Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors authorizing the retention of the Adviser and approving the form of this Agreement;
(d) The Registration Statement as filed with the SEC and all amendments thereto;
(e) Notification of Registration of the Company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A as filed with the SEC; and
(f) The form of Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Company pursuant to which the Company’s Common Stock is offered for sale to the public.
5
ARTICLE VI
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
To the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser) in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, to the extent applicable, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with any such person or entity or with the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Article VI to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder). Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way constitute a waiver or limitation by the Company of any rights or remedies which may not be so limited or waived in accordance with applicable law.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
7.1. Covenants of the Adviser. The Adviser hereby covenants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the 1940 Act. The Adviser hereby agrees that its activities shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments.
7.2. Adviser Personnel. The Adviser shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees who may be elected or appointed as directors or officers of the Company to serve in the capacities in which they are elected or appointed. Services to be furnished by the Adviser under this Agreement may be furnished through the medium of any of such directors, officers or employees. The Adviser shall make its directors, officers and employees available to attend meetings of the Board of Directors as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Adviser shall prepare and provide such reports on the Company and its operations as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors from time to time.
6
7.3. Independent Contractor. Except as otherwise provided herein or authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time, the Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.
7.4. Name. The Company agrees that the Company (to the extent that it lawfully can) shall cease to use the name “Sound Point” upon such date as the Adviser ceases to act as the investment adviser to the Company.
7.5. Effectiveness, Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods; provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of the Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act) and (b) the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by (a) (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), in each case upon not less than 60 days’ written notice or (b) the Adviser upon not less than 90 days’ written notice. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act). The provisions of Article VI of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Article IV through the date of termination or expiration, and Article VI shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Indemnified Parties as and to the extent applicable.
7.6. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Company must be obtained in accordance with the 1940 Act, including, if applicable, pursuant to a vote of the Board of Directors, the vote of a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act), or the vote of a majority of the Company’s directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party.
7.7. Notice. Any notice or other communication required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.
7.8. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
[signature page follows]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
SOUND POINT MERIDIAN CAPITAL, INC. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | [ ] | ||
Title: | [ ] |
Sound Point MERIDIAN MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC | |||
By: | |||
Name: | [ ] | ||
Title: | [ ] |
[Signature Page to Investment Advisory Agreement of Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc.]
8
Exhibit (n)(2)
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the use of our report dated March 26, 2024, with respect to the financial statements of Sound Point Meridian Master Fund LP, included herein, and to the references to our firm name under the heading Independent Auditors within the registration statement on Form N-2.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New
York, New York
April 12, 2024
Exhibit (s)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Wendy Ruberti, Ujjaval Desai, Kevin Gerlitz and Andrea Sayago (with full power to each of them to act alone) as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the registration statement on Form N-2 of Sound Point Meridian Capital, Inc., including any and all pre-effective amendments and/or post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Signature | Title | |
/s/ Ujjaval Desai | ||
Ujjaval Desai |
Director, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | |
/s/ Stephen J. Ketchum | ||
Stephen J. Ketchum |
Director | |
/s/ Douglas T. Healy | ||
Douglas T. Healy |
Director | |
/s/ Lana Lewin-Ross | ||
Lana Lewin-Ross |
Director | |
/s/ Steven Lipiner | ||
Steven Lipiner | Director |
Dated: April 3, 2024